Welcome, Guest. Please Login.
YaBB - Yet another Bulletin Board
May 10th, 2025, 4:21pm
News: Welcome to the Cabin! If you want to register send me an e-mail. you can link to my e-mail under the welcome page.


Pages: 1 ... 292 293 294 295 296 ... 305
After Chaos (Read 185704 times)
Hondo I. Sackett
YaBB Administrator
*****
Behind you!




Posts: 1349
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2930 - Jul 20th, 2023, 4:55pm
 
**WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex! **WARNING!!** Personal BS and Gratuitous sex!

 
 
 
 
As Hondo drove away, he held himself back until he got out the gate before tearing back to the hanger. He took it a bit easier than before, but not as easy as he usually did, as he felt this burning anger inside of his he could not squelch. He quickly made it back, taking ten minutes instead of seven this time, not feeling any better than when he had left, though his thoughts had changed since he knew Val was alright and Kiah not seriously injured. He did not honestly know what to think still, though, and he had half forgotten about what awaited him back here. His mind was too tired to process most any of it tonight.
 
As he pulled up and shut the engine off, Sargent Major Ellis approached him again, before he even got out, and stood waiting beside the vehicle. Hondo gave him a side long glance before stepping out and heading to the hanger.
 
“Everything alright at your camp?” He asked, as he walked alongside him.
 
“Yeah, it’s fine, just had to take care of a couple things.” He replied flatly, not stopping to talk.
 
“I noticed that woman is not with you. Did she stay at the camp?” He asked.
 
Hondo stopped and turned towards him, “What’s with the 20 question’s Ellis?! You don’t trust me? Have somethin’ against me? Think I’m not doin’ my job good enough?!?”
 
Ellis took a step back, surprised at his snarling tone, “No sir! I.. I just felt that something was off tonight and you seem bothered, I thought maybe…”
 
“That I needed to talk? I Don’t! I just need left alone for right now, to handle my own problems! If there is trouble, you come find me, otherwise, mind your own damn business.” He growled, before continuing on.  
 
Ellis frowned at the reply but stopped following him and allowed him to go inside alone. Something had happened, he knew it, as though he did not know the man personally he knew him by reputation, and something had happened to shake him.  
 
Once inside, Hondo glanced around the hanger as he stood inside the door. No one seemed to be around and no sounds were made, other than the sound of light rain against the tin covered structure. As he listened to it for a moment he looked down and realized that not only was he still in his good clothes, but he was also soaked to the bone and feeling a bit cold. He walked to the kitchen and started a pot of coffee. As he waited for the coffee to brew he pulled off his vest and hung it over a chair, glad that he had left his nice coat on the couch earlier. He then took off his shirt and laid it over his vest, leaving on his hat, bandana, pants and boots for now, but was bare chested. No one was around so it did not matter, but even if they had been he was not sure he would have cared at this moment. It was at least a bit warmer and definitely drier without the damp shirt and vest on.  
 
Once the coffee was brewed he poured a cup about ¾ full and pulled out a bottle of whiskey he had hidden. It was new and unopened, though he had drunk one bottle from the same batch before then, that he had bought in center town, and knew it was harsh. It tasted 100 proof or better and was much more suited for maintaining a buzz or mixing with coffee than for sipping on, so he broke the wax seal, popped the cork, and filled the remainder of his coffee cup with the harsh, amber liquid. He knew he needed to be careful as if he got too buzzed his tired system might just shut down on him, but hopefully mixing it with caffeine would negate some of that. He sat down on one of the stools and took a deep pull from the cup, sighing contentedly as the warm liquid flowed into his body. The hot coffee and whiskey mixed warmed and relaxed him a bit, but merely put a dent into the anger, stress, and frustration he felt.
 
As the liquids hit him, his stomach growled at him a bit and gave off an unsettled feeling. It reminded him that he had not eaten in a while and that the bio-energy that Fernando had hit him with was wearing off, causing his shutting down system to rear its head again. He fished in his pocket for a small metal vial and pulled it out, unscrewing the cap and pouting out a small yellow and larger white pill into his hand, one made to settle and numb his insides so he could eat and the other to give him energy. He stared at them for a moment before pouring out two more, putting back the second stomach pill, keeping out one stomach pill and two energy pills. The doctor had said only one energy pill at a time and allow three to four hours between them, but he had a general disdain for most doctors anyway and tended to do as he saw fit, despite their orders or warnings. He popped the pills into his mouth and washed them down with some of his coffee and whiskey mixture. He sat there a couple minutes more before feeling his insides start to settle out, and once he felt a bit better he grabbed the two sandwiches from the fridge and quickly ate both while polishing off that cup of coffee and one other.  
 
Once done he refilled his coffee and whiskey mixture, grabbed his wet clothes and headed upstairs to change. He had completely forgotten about Melissa and Nova waiting there for his return, and had not even thought about how he would let them down easily without offending them. In his time most women would be alright with being told no, but also most women would not offer themselves up like this. The harsh, yet freer realities of this time coupled with the number of women outnumbering men left a different attitude in these women, though, to the point they did not understand him turning them down, as most men did not subscribe to such things as loyalty to one woman only. Unless you were a sex kitten, women staying loyal to one man only was normal, but that man often had several women, even if they did not all live with him. Though this was considered so normal to most that most did not even talk about it, he was only beginning to understand it.  
 
As he walked up to the door to his room, and opened it, the sight of the three wessen women jarred his memory back to what happened before he left. They stared at him wide eyed as he entered, though he did not register why at first. Molly was limping out of the bathroom, wearing the blue robe Hondo had given to her, while holding her side a bit with her good arm as her injured arm rested in a sling. Melissa sat on the bed, her short silky robe open, showing almost everything, except that which was barely obscured by the black lace panty and camisole lingerie she wore. Nova sat in the chair, under a blanket half asleep, but waking at his entering and joined in staring at him, along with the other two.
 
“What’s with the looks?” Hondo asked, scowling a bit.
 
“Just.. just surprised, my love.” Molly said hesitantly, unsure of his mood at this point.
 
“At what?” He asked a bit sharply.
 
“Well, … we.. we talked after you left and Molly thought you were going to kick us out, not take us up on our offer.” Melissa answered to which Nova nodded in agreement.
 
“Take you up on your offer? I don’t under.. oh.” He paused, as he realized he was shirtless and how that could be interpreted.
 
“You did take your shirt off for us, right?” Melissa asked hesitantly.
 
He shook his head, “No, I actually took it off because I was soaked from the rain.”
 
“How was Valentine? Did she apologize?” Molly asked, quickly changing the subject and hoping things went well.
 
Hondo sighed and closed his eyes, “I’d rather not talk about it.”
 
“She’s alright, though, right? And that Kiah who stopped her?” Molly asked worriedly, hoping Valentine was alright for his sake.
 
“Yeah she’s unhurt an’ Kiah just had a small flesh wound. Nothin’ major, but… I really can’t talk about it right now!” He said growling a bit.
 
Molly sighed, “Sorry… I didn’t mean to push.”
 
Hondo shook his head, “It’s not your fault, Darlin’… I’m just frustrated an’ angry right now.”
 
“You have a lot of stress on you. Sorry I can’t help lift it.” Molly replied softly.
 
“So.. Since you didn’t take your shirt off for us and are having a bad night do.. do you want us to go, then?” Melissa asked glumly.
 
“You said we could talk about it, at least, right?” Molly asked as she gingerly sat down on her side of the bed.
 
“I’m not really in the mood to talk...” Hondo said as he threw his wet shirt and vest on the floor.
 
“We can leave then.” Melissa said quietly as she stood up and started to the door.
 
Hondo shut the door and stood in front of it as he started kicked off his boots and undid his gun belt.
 
“I didn’t finish… I’m not really in the mood to talk, but I could #$@! all three of your brains out right now, though I’ll have to do only two of you as Molly needs to heal still.” He said with a bit of a growl in his voice.
 
This growl was different, though there was still some anger in it, it was not of pure anger like before but one of anger, passion, and dominance. He had a fire burning in him and though he knew it would only help a little, #$@!ing these two willing women seemed like a good idea all of a sudden, where as before he had only thought about how to let them down easy while telling them he was not interested.
 
This change in attitude surprised all three of them.
 
“Are.. are you sure, my love?” Molly asked, surprised at his reply.
 
“If you are fine with it, I need it right now, an’ I can’t be gentle enough not to hurt you.” He replied quickly.
 
She nodded, “I’m fine with it! I.. I want to watch, to understand, to know how I’ll feel… Ladies?”
 
Melissa nodded, “I want it and rough is fine. Nova, she.. she’s never had it before so please be gentler with her, but as long as you don’t beat me up or cut me, which I don’t think you would ever do, I’ll take a pounding from you anytime!”
 
“Be careful what you wish for, Sargent… You help me work of some frustration an’ I’ll be as gentle as I can with Nova.” He said, a deep commanding, growling tone to his voice still.
 
Melissa nodded, “Y.yes sir!”
 
He started to undo his belt but Melissa rushed up to him and dropped to her knees as she grabbed his hands.
 
“Let me do that and.. and sit and I’ll pull your socks off.” She said quickly, as she looked up into his eyes.
 
He did not argue but went over and sat at the edge of the bed, letting her unbuckle his belt and then unbutton and unzip his jeans before she dropped down and pulled off his socks and threw them with his other laundry, never taking her eyes from his, unless she had to. As he stood up, once again, she pulled his pants down, and her eyes widened at the sight of the bulge in his boxers.
 
“You are a big man, bigger than I had thought!” She said as she reached out to put her hand on the bulge, but was stopped as he grabbed her hand.
 
“Not yet.” He said as he pulled her up by the hand he grasped.
 
“You have to see it to understand just how big he is!” Molly said, as she slid back on the bed and leaned against the headboard.
 
“I want to, but he stopped me!” Melissa wined.
 
“You don’t get to see that until you have on less clothes than I do.” He growled at her.
 
“Oh, I didn’t know that was a rule, master… Do you mind me calling you master, instead of Hondo?” She asked seductively, almost purring as she rubbed up against him.
 
“It’s a rule now, an’ master is to my likin’, as long as it’s only in here, like this… Before we start you better tell me a safe word, if you want one.” He replied firmly as he let go of her hand.
 
She slipped her panties down her firm, strong, sexy legs in a sultry way, as she stared into his eyes and bit her lower lip. She stepped out of them, picked them up daintily, and hung them on the bedpost, giving him a sultry grin and letting a purring sound escape from her lips. She then thrust her breast slowly forward and arched her back as she slid off the silky robe she had on. She started to hang it up but he reached out for it so she handed it to him without question.  
 
“I don’t think I’ll need one, but zebra sounds like a good one, if it makes you feel better…. You can call me slave if you want to, master.” She said as she slipped the camisole over her head slowly, making sure to stick her chest out at him and give him a good showing of her firm, round, B cup globes.
 
“Slave it is, then. An’ zebra works, though that is for your benefit, not mine.” He said before turning to Nova, who sat there wide eyed, “You! What do I call you?”
 
Nova looked between him and Melissa with a flustered look.
 
“I .. uhm, I.. I don’t know.” She said quietly and nervously.
 
“Girl.. I’ll just call you that.” He said.
 
“Uhm, y.yes sir.” She  replied quietly.
 
“Call him Master!” Melissa scolded.
 
“Hey! Speak when you’re spoken to, slave!” He growled back, to which she lowered her head as if she was ashamed for speaking out of turn, but the grin on her face said she liked it.
 
Hondo tossed the silk robe to Nova, “Here, girl… wear this. Everthin’ else can come off.”
 
“J.just this? .. Out here? .. Now??” She asked timidly.
 
“Yes, NOW! .. an’ go sid at the end of the bed by Molly. I want to be able to see you an’ since you’re a virgin an’ want me to take it, you are gonna take some mental notes, alright?” HE said firmly.
 
“Y.y.yes s.sir, I mean, master.” She said timidly as she walked over to the opposite side of the bed.
 
Hondo pulled Melissa against him and grabbed her firm ass, roughly squeezing one of her muscular ass-cheeks as he held her against him. She nuzzled into his chest as they stood there, watching Nova, which made the poor mouse woman even more nervous.  
 
Nova blushed and looked down at the floor as she slipped out of her panties, and clutched the shirt of his she still wore closed around her. She looked up at them then back down as she tried to slip one arm out then cover her breasts with it before taking it off all the way. Once it was off, she quickly, and awkwardly slipped the silk robe and clutched it shut around her and she squeezed her thighs tightly together to try to hide her womanhood.  
 
“No Hiding yourself, girl. Let’s see what you have.” HE said gruffly.
 
She trembled as she looked up at him with a look that begged him to let her hide herself in her embarrassment but the look he gave her in return said he was unrelenting. She swallowed hard and looked down again as she opened the robe slowly and showed them her body.
 
“Look me in the eyes, girl!” He barked.
 
She looked up at him quickly, and trembled a bit more as she exposed herself to this stranger, who to her had been more myth and legend that real until now. He looked her up and down, from her long lean legs, to wider hips, to flat belly and shorter torso, and her soft, tear-drop shaped D breasts, firm, larger dark nipples, small, long neck. Mellissa was built like a sexy little tank, where Nova was built more like a long, curvy show-girl, but both of them turned him on.
 
Normally he would have felt guilty for entertaining such an idea, but it there was a tinge of guilt over this, he did not feel it at the moment, and whatever doubt he had, he would deal with later. His mind was too tired and angry to think, and the adrenaline that the anger, stress and frustration had pushed into his system still flowed in his veins, and the energy pills were starting to kick in and almost make him jittery, all combining to drive his libido through the roof at the moment and care about little else other than #$@!ing until he found some relief.
 
“ You have a good body, an’ should be proud of it.” He said mater of fact like.
 
“Thank you, master” She said timidly, as the blush in her cheeks only increased at his compliments and the way he looked hungrily at her features.
 
 “Now if you really want me to take you after I am done with my slave here, then you need to be more comfortable showin’ that body, so sit down at Molly’s feet, keep that robe open, take notes, an’ I want to see you playin’ with yourself to get loosened up, you got that?” He commanded more than asked.
 
She nodded and set down on the bed and turned to face them, though it took her a moment to find a comfortable position, as she tried not to expose her womanhood, but ended up having to sit with her legs spread, and her lady-parts exposed.
 
As she settled in and awkwardly started to play with herself, Molly untired her robe with her one good hand and opened it to reveal her naked body. She started playing with her ample c cups as she anticipated the show, though she winced once or twice from moving wrong and causing the pain in her side to flare up again. She was improving and faster than she thought she would, thanks to Fernando’s pill she took, though her side, one breast, and stomach had visible bruising still, visible now to all those in the room.
 
 Truth be told, had it not been for the pill Fernando gave her, she very likely would have died from internal bleeding, though she did not know it. Even Fernando did not know, as she had done her best to hide the pain she was feeling inside at the time. Had it been just the arm and some bruising she would have been almost as good as new now, but because of the damage, it would take another day to get her on her feet.
 
Hondo saw the bruising and grit his teeth angrily, the sight of it only making his blood boil more. He looked away, as he knew he had to tone his anger down. He planned to #$@! it away If possible, but he feared if he let it go out of control, at this rate, he might accidentally hurt one of the two women, and he could not accept that happening.
 
He looked back down at  Melissa after a moment and reached his free hand down between her legs and almost roughly grabbed her pussy and slipped one off his large fingers inside.
 
“Ohh!” She let off a slightly surprised squeak as he did, but once the surprise was over she started to purr as she looked up at him with a grin.
 
“Oh, master... Command me and I will do your bidding.” She growled in a sultry manner.
 
“Wet already? You’re a horny little slave! … bend over the end of the bed.” He said
 
“You sure you don’t want me to suck on your big, cock, master, she said as she ran her hand gently over the bulge in his boxers.
 
He grabbed her hand and half wrenched it behind her back as he pushed her, causing her to stumble and half fall onto her belly at the end of the bed.
 
“Slave’s don’t question their’ masters, they do as they are told!” He growled back.
 
Mellissa squeaked again, then started to purr louder as he help her arm behind her still and pushed her into the bed.
 
“M.my apologies master! I deserved to be punished for being such a bold, brazen hussy, master. Please punish me! MMMPHH!” She begged sultry like until her words were stopped by her own panties being shoved into her mouth.  
 
“Slaved do, slaves don’t talk! … hard to get good, quiet slaves these days.” He muttered as he slapped her ass hard with his free hand, eliciting a muffled squeak and a moan tron Melissa’s panty stuffed mouth.
 
Molly frowned, as she moved her hand down from her breasts to her pussy, where she started slowly rubbing her clit.  
 
“Damn! … I wanted to play bad slave and the master with you, first!” she whined.
 
“Heal an’ you’ll have your turn to eat your own panties when you mouth off too.” He said, giving her an almost evil grin.
 
She giggled and moaned softly, before drawing a sharp breath from moving wrong again and causing a stabbing pain. “Ohhh… Gahrrr! .. damn!”  
 
“You alright, darlin’?” he asked, genuinely worried.
 
She took a couple slow breaths and nodded, “… I.. I’m fine, my love… just moved wrong is all.”
 
“You need me to take this elsewhere?” HE asked.
 
She quickly shook her head, “No, please… I.. I want to watch… I just have to be careful how I move and.. and I probably shouldn’t make myself orgasm, though that will be hard as you already have me so wet and horny, just watching you.”
 
Nova nodded, her eyes wide as she had been watching them, and her one hand just clutching her breast as if she could not watch and masturbate at the same time, as her brain could not process it all at the same time.
 
Hondo just nodded and slipped his boxers down to his ankles and stepped out of them, though he still had on his hat and bandanna.  
“Oh my god!” Nova whispered as her eyes got wider, though it was hard to believe and her hand squeezed her breast tightly as she gawked at his member.
 
“ PLthh! … Wha..?! What is it?!!” Melissa asked, after spitting out her panties, sounding a bit worried as she never hear Nova sound like that before.
 
Hondo slapped her on the ass, “Quiet, slave!”
 
“H.h.h.his dick is #$@!ing huge!” Nova whispered emphatically as she stared at it.
 
“No fair! I want to see!.. YIPE! … Mmmph!!” Melissa exclaimed as Hondo smacked her ass again, and shoved the panties more fully into her mouth.
 
“I finally understand gag balls, now.” He said grumpily.  
 
Molly giggled at their reactions and then groaned slightly as her giggling had over done it a bit, but she still could not help but grin at Nova’s surprise and Hondo’s master act.
 
His attitude was only partially an act, though, as he was not in the mood to play around like they were right now. His insides boiled, his muscles were tense, and his mind a jumble of thoughts, but the willing slave and wet pussy in front of him seemed to offer some salvation from the noise in his head and body and in that, he narrowed his goals and focus to that end.
 
His dick was only about half mast and as he rubbed it, shook it, and slapped it against Melissa’s small, firm ass, Nova could not take her eyes off of it. As if acting on instinct, her other hand slid between her legs as she watched with rapt interest. Being in the army left little in the way of privacy, so she had seen penises before, though she usually tried to shower at off times alone or when it was mainly other women and even tried to hide her body from them, so it had not helped her be less shy, though it had afforded her a visual knowledge of the male anatomy. But this one was not like she expected nor like the others she had seen and the thought of something that size going into her body sacred and elated her at the same time.
 
As he held Melissa down and teased her womanhood, he noticed, for the first time, the scar that sat at the base of her spine and barely into the top of her firm ass crack. IT took him a moment but he soon realized it was where her tail would have been. She had told him about her former captain having it forcefully removed, as a punishment, but though it made him angry at the time he had forgotten about it until now. He was angry enough, but it made him a bit angrier, as he thought of what she and other like her had gone through because of assholes who saw them as lesser beings. Normally it would have made him want to hold her softly, and try to take some of the pain away that she must still feel inside, but the blind rage he was holding inside made him unable to feel soft feelings at the moment, and all the realization of it made him feel, was feeling like #$@!ing her hard and as soon as possible.
 
Once his member was fully hard, Hondo took it in hand, still holding Melissa’s arm behind her back and pressing her into the bed with the other, and rubbed the head of his member against her pussy, getting her natural lube to cover it as much as possible. After he felt it was wet enough he pressed it against her vaginal opening, and she tensed before the head was even inside her.
 
“You better relax, slave, or this will hurt!” He growled.
 
“Mmmph?” Melissa questioned through her panty stuffed mouth as she looked up at Molly.
 
“Trust me, you want to relax.” Molly said as she removed her hand from between her legs and made a ‘c’ shape with her hand, as if she was holding a beer bottle to try to indicate his size to her.
 
“MMMMPH!!!” Melissa tried to shout through the panties as she shook her head quickly.
 
Molly only grinned and nodded.
 
Molly’s grin got wider and took on an almost evil look as Melissa’s eyes got wider and her face got redder as Hondo pushed his member into her, stretching out her pussy and the muscles around it. Mellissa tried to crawl away but he held her firmly in place as he sunk his member in until it was pressing against her cervix.  
 
Melissa’s body shook and her breath shuttered for a bit, but he just held himself inside her until she relaxed a bit and her body stopped fighting him. She sagged into the bed  and panted roughly for a bit as he just kept himself in side her.
 
“I’ll remove those under-britches from your maw, if you don’t talk back. Talk back or try to control this here #$@!in’ an’ they go back in an’ stay, understand?” He half growled at her.
 
She nodded weakly to which he pulled the roughly from her mouth and set them aside. Her chest heaved into the bed as she panted for air and tried to recompose herself.
 
“Y.. y.. you almost split me in half, m.master!” She exclaimed weakly.
 
“That was just a start! I’m not stoppin’ to let you catch up again, understand?” He said.
 
She nodded weakly, “y.yess master.”
 
At that he let go of her arm and grabbed her just above the hips and started slowly thrusting.
 
“Oh master!! MASTER!!! IT HURTS!!!!” She moaned.
 
“You remember your safe word, slave?” He asked, almost snarling the question.
 
“Y.yes Master!” She cried.
 
“What is it?!” He asked, snarling louder this time.
 
“Ze.. ze.. zebra!” She cried out.
 
“Do you want to use it now?! I’ll not ask again if you remember it of need it!” He growled.
 
“N.no, Master!! I’m a bad slave and deserve punishment!” She cried out.
 
“Yell again’ an’ you get those britches back in your maw, understand?!” He growled.
 
“Y.yes master. S.sorry master!” She half whimpered as his thrusting speed started to increase.
 
He set his jaw and grimaced a bit, to which Molly raised an eyebrow too.
 
“You alright, my love?” She asked.
 
“This little bitch is tight!” He half growled as he thrust, trying to push into her deeper each time, stretching her depth as well as her width.
 
Molly growled softly, “Oh to be that tight again so you could do me like that! You already stretch me out every time, but to be that tight… mmmm.”
 
Hondo chuckled slightly as he took her in. This tight pussy wrapped around his dick felt amazing, but that woman he loved and even when not riding her, she stirred him.
 
“Darlin’, you’ve always been tight ‘nuff for me but.. urrr, oh! … You an’ I will be able to do this soon.” He said with a growl of desire.
 
“Yeah, but it won’t be the same.” She said, sounding slightly disheartened.
 
“No, it will be better!” He said with a grin.
 
“How? I’m not that tight!” She asked, feeling like she was missing something.
 
“You will be once ya healed up… ya know that pill Jefe gave ya, to help ya heal faster?” He asked.
 
She nodded, “Of course I remember it.”
 
“It has a side effect on women.” He replied.
 
“What side effect?? Don’t tell me it will make me tighter!” She said, her eyes getting wide at the thought.
 
“It will restore your .. oomph!.. physical virginity. Give it a day or two after you feel good ‘nuff to be up an’ try to stick your fingers in yourself an’ see if it ain’t so!” He said, and he steadily and rhythmically thrust into the half-breed cat wessen that lay, bent over in front of him.
 
She stared at him a moment, half expecting it to be some weird joke that his odd moods had produced but she knew that look in his eyes, and he had not lied to her before. Her breath caught a bit as she thought about it and it only made her more sensitive, even to her own touch, which caused a soft moan to escape her lips.
 
“Ohhhhhh… I can’t wait.” She whispered.
 
Neither Melissa nor Nova had comprehended a word of that discussion and Melissa moaned gutturally and lay almost limp on the bed and Nova sat wide eyed as her fingers instinctively rubbed her clit at the same rhythmic pace at which Hondo thrust into Melissa.  
 
After about fifteen minutes or so of that and causing her to go through a couple body shaking orgasms, she was stretched out enough for his balls to at least swing forward and bounce off her ass-cheeks, but it would take a lot more work to get her to allow him in any deeper.
 
Molly rubbed herself slowly still, learning to lean right to minimize the pain and breath through it as small waves of pleasure occasionally made her muscles tighten.
 
“You think you could change positions? Nova and I could see a lot better if you did.” Molly suggested, to which Nova looked up at his face for the first time in a while and nodded eagerly, like some kid being asked if they wanted to watch their favorite movie.
 
He nodded and pulled out of her, her tight pussy almost sounding like a pop-gun from the suction it had built up as he pulled out of her. She moaned a bit more loudly at the but said nothing as she lay there shaking and drooling.
 
“Might have worn this slave out!” He said with a grin.
 
The tension in him was far from gone, but this had done a lot in improving his mood and mental state. Though he tried not to think much, the thoughts he did think as he pounded this kitty-cat woman were becoming clearer and far less jumbled.
 
“N.n.not w.wore out… c.can t.take more… W.want you c.c.cum inside m.me… just.. just n.never came that hard b.b.before!” Melissa mumbled weakly.
 
“Is it a safe time? Don’t want to get you pregnant, right?” He asked firmly.
 
“W.would g.g.gladly h.have your k.k.kittens, b.but it.. it.. it is a s.safe time f.for me.” She moaned softly.
 
“Hmm.” He grunted as he looked down at her for a moment.  
 
He then rolled her over, picked her up and laid her in his place on the bed before crawling up t o her and lifting her legs, stretching them down until he almost had her folded in half. She weakly lifted her head and looked down as his member as it laid from her pussy, across her pubis mons, and ending up on her firm, flat stomach. Her eyes got wide, as she was only now seeing it for the first time and a new burst of energy hit her.
 
“Its huge!.. You had that in me?!” She half exclaimed.
 
“You want those britches back in your mouth, slave?” He growled, his eyes narrowing at her.
 
“N.no, master just… just didn’t imagine that would fit in me! … forgive me if I am out of place, but could I please suck on it, master?” She asked as she looked at him with a renewed longing.
 
“You bee a good little slave an’ cum for me a couple more times an’ once I’ve bred you, you can clean it up for me with your tongue.” He said, giving her that grin again.
 
She swallowed hard and nodded eagerly, “Yes, master! Breed me, breed me and I’ll come for you then clean your whole body with my rough kitty tongue!”  
 
He  grabbed one of her smaller, firm breasts with one hand, her waist with the other, as her legs wrested on his shoulders now, and pushed back into her with hardly any warning, which cause her to bite her own arm to keep from yelling out and caused her body to shutter again.  
 
Another thirty minutes, three more body shaking orgasms, Molly and Nova both moaning almost constantly now, and he let his load loose into her, with a shutter and a growl, filling her with enough that she swore she felt her uterus expand from the volume. Whether it did on not, did not matter as the feeling was pure bliss for them both. They both panted for a bit before he finally pulled out of her, his member shrinking to about half mast not, from the energy it expended. He sat on the edge of the bed and grabbed his cup of coffee mixed with whiskey, that was now cold, and downed it quickly.
 
“Should have brought up some water.” He mumbled as he put the cup down and wiped the sweat from his head.
 
“I could get some!” Nova volunteered.
 
He nodded, “Should be a couple glass jugs of drinkin’ water in the kitchen.”  
 
She nodded and hopped off the bed and hurried out the door, without seeming to worry about her unsecured robe at all not, as she was too horny from touching herself and what she watched to even care.  
 
As Melissa lay there panting and only half there, Hondo stood up and slapped the side of her hip with the back of his hand, since her ass was not exposed, to bring her back to reality.
 
“Yipe!” She yelped in surprise as his hand left another red mark on her.
 
“Up, slave! Time to put that tongue to use!” He ordered.
 
She weakly sat up and used the bed post to pull herself to her feet as her legs felt like rubber and her vagina like a four-lane traffic tunnel, though the feeling of bliss still danced through her body.  
 
As she got up, he laid down and she crawled on top of him and laid there for a moment.
 
“I thought you were eager to put that tongue to work, slave?” He asked, ribbingly.
 
“Just.. just a moment…, master… I’ve never felt anything like that… in my life.” She said breathily.
 
She picked up her head and stared into his eyes, “Is it too forward to ask master for a kiss?”
 
“It’s forward aright, but I’ll give you this last request.” He said before pulling her into to him and kissing her deeply.
 
They kissed for several minutes, only stopping when the door flung open and a very red faced Nova quickly entered, shut the door, and leaned against it panting as she hugged two gallon jugs of water to her breasts.
 
“You alright girl? Took long enough!” Hondo said.
 
 She looked down, “S.sorry Master. A g.guard came in and.. and I hid until I though he left since I’m n.naked… I came out and.. and he was still there! I.. I didn’t see him until it was too late and.. I froze.”
 
“He say anything to you?” Melissa asked?
 
She shook her head, “N.no, just whistled then laughed when I ran away!”
 
Hondo just shook his head, as Melissa and Molly giggled.
 
“It’s not funny!” Nova exclaimed.
 
“It sort of is, miss mousey!... Was he cute at least?” Melissa asked.
 
Nova turned a bit red, looked down and nodded.
 
“But.. but not as handsome as M.master.” She said timidly, turning even redder.
 
Melissa grinned, “You’ll get your turn here soon, right master?”
 
“Well, some certain slave has a dick to clean up first, at least.” He replied.
 
She smiled and nodded, “Yes master.”
 
She tried to crawl down but he pulled her tightly against him.
 
“I didn’t say to do it yet! … seems like a slave not knowin’ her place, again!” H\e said sternly.
 
“Sorry, Master… What does master want his slave to do?” She asked quietly.
 
He put a hand at the back of her head and pulled her in for another deep, passionate kiss, only letting her up after she started panting for air.
 
She laid on him as she breathed heavily.
 
“Wh.. what does *pant* master want … *pant* now?” She asked breathily.
 
“Time to use that tongue.” He said.
 
As she slid down and started licking his member and all around it, lapping up the mixture of his and her fluids, Nova handed his a jug of water, to which he drank half of it down almost right away. Melissa looked up at it and then at him.
 
“Water, master?” She asked.
 
“Not until you’re don’t an’ that’s back in you!” He said.
 
“A.again, master?” She asked, surprised that he was not moving onto Nova yet.
 
I did all the work last time, since you are a new slave and all, but its not fittin’ for a master to do all the work! You’re stretched out an’ now it’s time for you to do the work!” He growled, giving her that half evil smile again.
 
She swallowed hard and nodded.
 
 “Y.yes master.” She said before getting back to work.
 
As she licked him once again and his member slowly swelled to full mast again he noticed Nova standing quietly by and frowning.
 
“What’s wrong, girl?” He asked.
 
“N.nothing, master.” She said softly.
 
“You can tell me.” He said.
 
“I.. I’m not sure I can take the punishment I might get if I do, though, master.” She said softly.
 
“The punishment?? Oh! Ha!” He laughed To which she cocked her head and gave him a strange look.
 
“Master?” She asked, not understanding.
 
“Heh, Sorry girl.. Nova. Listen, an’ understand. Melissa her wanted to be dominated, didn’t you slave?” He asked.
 
“Mmmhmm.” Melissa grunted as she licked a little more before sitting up, “I wanted this, though I did not know it would be this mind-blowing! I’ve only made love a couple times but ever since I saw him, I imagined being his sex slave… I don’t know why, as I hate slavery and sex slavery more so, but… the thought excited me. I hinted at it and to my surprise he understood what I wanted!”
 
“That’s enough, slave. Get back to work while I talk to the girl, here.” He said.
 
Melissa gave him a soft smile as she lowered herself back down.  
 
“Yes master. Anything for master.” She said softly, before starting into licking his ball sack.
 
“Just because she wants it, I can see you don’t understand what you are askin’ for, an’ are callin’ me master ‘cause Melissa told you too, right?” He asked.
 
Nova nodded.
 
“How old are you, Nova?” He asked.
 
“Almost twenty-one, master.” She replied quietly.
 
“Tell me about yourself.” He said.
 
She shrugged, “Not much to tell. I’m third generation wessen. My family lived in the forest and grew gardens that blended into the forest and blocked off sections, making them look overgrown and unpassable, but really they were natural walls to protect us… when I was fourteen my older sister snuck out… you see, my parents were very protective and never let us go out and have fun with anyone else. She said she was almost a woman and needed to have some fun before my parents married her off to someone she had never even met. I don’t know what happened or what she did but she stumbled back drunk and.. and some slaver had followed her… They could not figure out how to get in so the set the forest on fire. They killed my mother and father, and took my older and younger sister to be slaves.”
 
“But they did not get you?” Hondo asked.
 
She shook her head, as a tear fell from her eye.
 
“I .. I was a coward and hid… I barely escaped the flames, even have this scar to show how close it was,” She said, lowering the silk robe from her one shoulder to show a burn scar the size of his hand on the back of her shoulder.
 
“I.. I wasn’t a fighter… All I knew was gardening.. I wanted to garden.. be a wife.. be a mother, but… I was so ashamed that I hide that when the army came to see what the smoke was about, I came out and begged them to let me join… I.. I still am not good around people, and get scared too easily, but I .. I’m learning to be better and to fight and not let my fear get me… I can’t let me fear control me!” She exclaimed.
 
“Why do you want me to take your virginity, then?” He asked.
 
“Because… because I .. I want to be like you, to be brave and not scared all the time… I saw you fight in the death match… You took on two of them and did not hesitate!... I.. Almost got captured after you and the medic left and a small group of us tried to get things under control…. They.. they were going to rape me.. They took my clothes and held me down and all I could do was cry and lay there, thinking that it was not how I wanted to lose my virginity… Melissa and a couple others saved me from that, but when she started talking about her fantasy of wanting to make love to you, all I could think of was how brave and strong you were and.. and I knew I wanted to give my virginity to you… I know I will lose it someday, but who better to than you… maybe… maybe I’l not be so scared next time and be able to fight back as I know, even if they rape me, or I’m forced to be a sex slave, that I had my first time with a strong, brave man… at least I could have given it to my hero and then it won’t matter if someone has sex with me against my will as I’ve already given away my first time to someone who deserves it.” She said quietly.
 
Molly and Melissa just stared at her, wide eyes and Hondo furrowed his brow.
 
“You’re almost makin’ me feel guilty for even thinkin’ of deflowerin’ a sweet girl such as yourself.” He said
 
She rushed to his side, grabbed his arm and knelt beside the bed, “Please take me, master! I’ll be a good slave too!”
 
He shook his head, “If I take you it won’t be playin’ slave an’ master. You deserve somethin’ better, somethin’ softer… I might not be the best one to give it, but if you really want me to be your first then… I guess I’ll do my best to lay you down an’ take you softly an’ gently like you deserve.”
 
(to be continued …)
Back to top
 
« Last Edit: Nov 7th, 2024, 1:52pm by Hondo I. Sackett »  

Well the cowboy, like the red man, you had to leave your land
You can't raise your stock and plant your crop in the gumbo and the sand
Greed disguised as progress has put us to the test
They won't be glad until we're gone from our home out in the west
It's sad to see those good old days replaced with greed and doubt
Soon we'll leave the country, the campfire has gone out
Bid 'em all adieu, you can't turn the world about
The cowboy left the country, the campfire has gone out
View Profile WWW   IP Logged
Hondo I. Sackett
YaBB Administrator
*****
Behind you!




Posts: 1349
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2931 - Jul 26th, 2023, 4:20pm
 
Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 2! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!!

 
“But, you are the best one to take me, I know it! … I .. I might not be able to take the punishments like Melissa does, but I’ll try, if that’s what it takes for you to take me!” Nova said, pleadingly.
 
“After I’m done with this slave an’ shower up to get her scent off me, then you an’ I will spend time together, an’ I’ll accept your virginity, if you trust me an’ do as I say.” He replied, trying not to groan as he spoke, though Melissa’s rough tongue was making him very sensitive.
 
He knew it was almost unfair to think, but he liked the feeling of her tongue on his member and ball-sack more than the feeling of Molly’s or Valentine’s even, due to its texture. Though the other two had licked and suckled on his member with love, as opposed to the lust that drove this cat wessen’s actions, the feeling was getting a rise out of him much faster than he had felt from oral before. He grabbed her arm firmly to stop her, knowing that if she continued he would blow off again, and he wanted to save it for when he was inside her, as he was not sure how many more rounds he could handle that night, and he wanted to save at least one for the cute mouse wessen woman, of whom he was suppressing a feeling of guilt for even entertaining the thought of taking her virginity.  
 
Had he not been so angry, worn out, and/or stressed out, the guilt would have won, but it would not win this night. Little did he know how much his guilt losing the battle on this night would affect future events, by making accepting them or doing certain things he would had issues with before easier. Some of these events he would be glad that he accepted them so easily; others not so much.
 
He looked down at Melissa, who had stopped licking to looked up at him, a sense of longing still shining in her eyes and her tongue still sticking out from between her teeth, as he firmly grasped her arm. She said nothing but stared at him, awaiting her orders, hoping he was ready to stick it back into her, though not caring if he wanted to unload a shot of his warm goo into her mouth before taking her again.
 
“That’s ‘nuff of that, slave. Time for you to put in a real workout! Now, get your ass up here!!” He growled at her softly.  
 
She nodded and crawled up him, only slightly disappointed at not getting a load shot in her face, but understanding that he needed to save something for Nova. Honestly, it surprised her that he was taking her again so soon, knowing from girl-talk and her limited experience that getting it once in a night from most guys was all you could generally expect. She knew this guy was no ordinary man, though, and if he could do her twice and then do Nova even once, he would almost be a god among men in her mind.  
 
Her body glistened with sweat as she crawled up him, but the short break, along with deeply taking in his scent and flavor as she lapped up their bodily fluids that were left on his member had renewed her vigor and only enhanced her desire. Her body trembled slightly still though, and it did not go unnoticed.
 
“Still tremblin’ slave?? Didn’t know you were that weak! Well, these exercises should help get that ass of yours in shape!” He growled as he gave her a wicked grin.
 
“It’s not just my ass, Master, though if you took that too I’d not be able to walk for days, but my whole body… I’ve never felt this good and this weak at the same time.” She replied breathily.
 
“No talkin’, slave! Just get my rod back in you, before I find a rod to beat some submission into you!” He barked.
 
She tried to hide her soft smile as she stared into his steely eyes.
 
“Your firm rod of flesh will beat me into submission much faster than any rod of wood or iron could ever do, master.” She replied softly as she lifted her hips.
 
She tried to keep herself up with one arm while guiding him into her again with the other but her arms trembled and felt too weak to hold herself up with one. She finally laid her chest on his so to guide the head of his member to her vaginal opening. Once there she half dropped her weight from a weakness that seemed to have overtaken her, and cried out as his dick slide quickly inside her once more and slammed into her cervix, pushing it deeper into her guts. Her trembling increased to full on shaking as she laid on him, eye’s tightly shut, almost crying, and gripping his shoulders so tightly that her nails drew blood as held on. She planned to lower herself slowly onto him, but even when that failed she did not expect it to hurt again so soon after, but it did. Almost the same if not worse than the first time as her muscles were sore from him stretching her out initially.  
 
He almost did not realize the grin on his face nor cruel chuckle that escaped his lips from the trembling woman on him until after they happened, and then after he frowned at his own reaction. True this was an act of lust, not love and it was something he had not done in a very long time, and the first being sober enough to know what he was doing, but the drunkenness of anger hung on him enough to allow him to do actions even he did not know he was capable of doing, that being one. He mentally chastised himself for taking such pleasure in the young woman’s pain. It was not like she was some slut looking for any dick she could find. She was a nice, young woman who wanted to give the only thing she had to give to one of her hero’s, and that was herself. He knew if he spoke the word she would give herself to him forever, but that would not be fair to her. He was pretty sure he had not been fair to her to allow all this to happen, but it was a bit late for that line of thought and his current anger and desires still overruled any conscience that would have deterred him in the first place. Though he had no plans of stopping now, a bit of his care showed through and he softly rubbed her back as she breathed through the pain.
 
“Just breath, slave, an’ you’ll be fine… Should have helped ya take it a bit slower again, as you’re still a bit too inexperienced to take it that fast an’ hard!” He replied, his voice more soothing this time.
 
Molly grimaced and nodded, “I couldn’t even do that without curling into a little ball of pain! Ouch!”
 
“I’ll be fine!” Melissa hissed through her teeth as she lay her head against him, her nails still embedded into his shoulder.
 
“P.please, m.master. Please j.just hold my hips and.. and rock slowly… should h.help this p.p.pass.” she stammered through her still grit teeth.
 
He grabbed a hold of her hips and lifted them slightly as he thrust extremely slowly, only speeding up a bit once her grip on him relaxed.
 
Th.thank you, m.master.” she stuttered softly into his chest as her whole body started to relax.
 
“Think you could sit up now, slave?” He asked.
 
She nodded, “If master wants me to.”
 
She pushed herself up slowly and soon sat upon her haunches, though she put a hand on her belly and grimaced a bit as her ab-muscles were a bit sore still after her whole body had tensed so hard like that.
 
“I know I said I’d not ask again, but…” He paused as she shook her head.
 
“I don’t need my safe word, master… I’m fine but…” She blushed as she stared at him, “Thank you for being so thoughtful to a lowly slave like me.”
 
He shook his head at her, “We don’t have to keep this master/slave thin’ up, if you’d rather not.”
 
“No, I.. I want to… I want to be your little wessen kitty slave, but… could I be a good slave instead of a bad slave now?” She asked hesitantly.
 
“So, you rather get some rewards than punishment now? Is that it?” He asked, his eyes narrowing at her.
 
She nodded timidly, “Yes, but .. but only if master wants to.”
 
He just stared at her coolly for a moment before grinning at her, “ I reckon  since the slave took her punishment fairly well she deserves a reward for that.”
 
She smiled softly at him as she placed her hand to rest on his chest, “Can your slave ask to lie on her master’s chest again as she thrusts? Your slave loves the feeling of her breast pressed against your body.”
 
“In a moment, first sit up an’ put you hands behind your back.” He replied firmly.
 
She gave him a curious look, but complied without saying a word.
 
Hondo turned to Nova who had just stood by watching again with a renewed rapt interest and a little more fear than before too.
 
“Girl, you said you’d do anythin’, right?” He asked.
 
She jumped a bit as his voice directed at her pulled her out of her own head.
 
“Oh!.. Uh … y.yes m.m.master!” she squeaked.
 
“That half bottle of water, take it an’ give the slave a drink.” He said.
 
She nodded as she looked down, realizing she still had been grasping that jug to her breasts. She held it out, as if handing it to Melissa but before she could grab it he smacked her ass.
 
“Yipe!! What did I do, master?” Melissa yelped and whined.
 
“I told you to put your hands behind your back. She’s to give you the drink.” He said, grinning at them.
 
Melissa smiled a bit and put her hands behind her back before opening her mouth slightly. Nova looked at them both a bit and started trembling nervously as she lifted the jug to Melissa’s lips and tipped it so she could drink. Melissa stopped moving to facilitate drinking easier but another slap to her ass caused her to spit the water in her mouth into Nova’s face and for Nova to pour half of the rest of the jug down Melissa’s front and onto Hondo.
 
“I didn’t say to stop movin’ those hips, slave!” He growled, grinning at her in that certain way that almost gave her the chills again.
 
“S.sorry master.” She stammered as she started slowly thrusting again.
 
Nova tried again after a moment, though she kept apologizing to Melissa softly for what happened. Once Melissa had drunk the last of the bottle, Nova sat the jug down and returned around to the far side of the bed from them, feeling a bit embarrassed from pouring water on them both.
 
“Feel better?” He asked.
 
Melissa nodded, “Yes master. Did not realize how hot or thirsty I was!”
 
“I figured gettin’ water poured on you would help.” He said, grinning wryly.
 
“Wait, you mean…? You meant for that to happen??” Nova croaked in surprise.
 
Hondo chuckled and nodded to which Nova looked at him, jaw dropped before looking at Molly to see if he was pulling her leg or not. Molly just shrugged to which Nova just looked down, unsure what to think. Molly grinned as she resumed rubbing herself.
 
“You know, my love, though I’m not into women, this one is so cute that if I wasn’t in pain I’d pin her down beside you and kiss her just to see if it stirred you up!” Molly said breathily.
 
Nova did not look up but her eyes grew wide and the flush in her cheeks grew again which caused Molly to giggle and Hondo to grin and shake his head.
 
“C.can’t I lay on Master’s chest now?” Melissa asked timidly.
 
Hondo nodded and pulled her softly into him and stroked her hair with one hand as she laid against him, thrusting softly and moaning as pleasure started to build in her again.
 
With his other hand he reached out and grabbed Molly’s thigh, giving it a loving squeeze.
 
“So, you get what you wanted from this?” He asked softly.
 
She stopped rubbing herself and put her hand over his, “I think so.”
 
“So?” He asked.
 
“I cannot say that I’m not a bit jealous, and if in the room and not in pain I’m not sure I could just watch and not be involved, but… I.. I know you love me and though I selfishly want you to myself, I could share you without feeling insecure, I believe… I mean, maybe sometimes I would feel a bit insecure, but all women do, not just wessen’s like me who only wish I could be fully woman for you.” She replied softly.
 
“Molly, you are fully woman, an’ I love you. This is fun an’ all, don’t get me wrong, but it’s nothin’ compared to bein’ with the woman I love, you.” He replied.
 
“What about Val?” She asked.
 
He sighed, pulled his hand back, and stared at the ceiling silently for a moment.
 
“I’m.. I’m sorry, my love! I didn’t mean to...” Molly started to exclaimed worriedly.
 
“Don’t apologize, darlin’… I’m just not sure where we stand right now… She hurt me Molly… She hurt me like no one ever has before an’ no one else could, except maybe you, the girls, or Jefe… I’ve been betrayed, belittled, hated, an’ scorned before, but not by someone I loved an’ trusted so much… I just don’t know.” He replied quietly.
 
“I didn’t mean to make you upset.” She said.
 
He shook his head, “You didn’t make me upset… I already was upset… just was able to ignore it by poundin’ the hell outta this slave.”
 
Melissa sighed and rubbed the side of her face against his chest, “I think master was holding back, though.”
 
“You want me to go full bore?” He asked as he looked down on she sweaty, trembling cat wessen that still lay on him and softly thrust her hips at his engorged member.
 
 
“No… I couldn’t handle it… you would break me! But… but you know that already, don’t you master.” She purred into his chest.
 
He sighed, “Yeah.. yeah I do.”
 
She sighed and purred contentedly again before pushing herself up enough to look into his eyes.
 
“It shows that I was right about you, master… how kind and strong you are.” She said softly.
 
He frowned, “No,.. I don’t deserve that after lettin’ my anger get the better of me… never felt that angry before an’ I let myself take it out on you.… I Think I was holdin’ some hurt inside. When she… Val looked at me with so much despair an’ tried to apologize… somethin’ in me snapped… it started from the moment I head the call of the radio an’ just fully broke then… I was rougher on you than I should have been.”  
 
Melissa shook her head, “No… We all could see how hurt and broken you were feeling… If anything I should apologize for taking advantage of that, as I know you would have said no had you not been so upset, but despite all that you still held back… you hurt me a bit, but not more than I could take and I always felt you gauging how I was taking it, taking that moment to make sure you did not seriously hurt me… not even the few men I had been with, one of which swore he’d love me to the end of the earth, have ever been so thoughtful, nor pleasured me this well… None of them were even close to your size, though either.”
 
Hondo sighed and shook his head, “I should have said no, but I’m somehow glad I didn’t.”
 
He looked over at Molly, “I don’t know what will happen with Val, nor what I want to happen with her, but if you stay with me, no matter what happens I’ll be fine.”
 
“Whether with you alone or sharing you, I will be there… If you want these two as wives too… Molly started to say.
 
“Would you take us?!” Melissa asked quickly.
 
“Would you leave the army for me?” He queried.
 
“Well… Maybe… after a couple years at least, but.. but couldn’t we stay in and you stay close by so we can be with you on our days off or on nights when we are off duty and close by?” Melissa asked quickly.
 
Hondo smiled and shook his head, “No. That wouldn’t work… You see, I’m a bit old fashioned with my relationships, though I have changed some views, as I would only be with one woman before now an’ not even entertain all this not long ago. What will not change is I expect my women to submit to me an’ support my life, my work, and my goals, together as a team. If you stayed in the army you would have your goals an’ I’d have mine. Doesn’t make for a good partnership.”
 
Melissa frowned and then laid back on him, nodding and sighing after a moment.
 
“I.. I understand… but… what if I saved myself for you? Could.. could we have a special friendship at least, where we could do this again when I have time to be with you?? .. and maybe, maybe when my contract is up I can quit and come be with you then???” She asked.
 
He looked over at Molly who shrugged, “I don’t have a problem with it. As long as you treat me like you always have, I will know I’m loved and not fear being thrown away. Also, as long as she doesn’t lay with another man so as not to accidentally give you any diseases or sicknesses that you could spread to me or anyone else you are with, I have no problems with it. Ultimately, it’s your decision, my love.”
 
Hondo nodded, “I know, but this is a bit of a new experience for me. No matter what, I want you to be my wife an’ if Val comes back an’ earns it again you both can be, but you both will be equal. If I’m with anyone else I expect them to be under you both, rank wise, if that’s even the right term, so at least I will talk to you ‘bout them. I expect you to listen an’ be understandin’ that I have to do things at times without talkin’ to you, but I want to talk to you before makin’ commitments like that so I can hear your opinion before I make a decision, alright?”
 
She nodded, “I understand, and understand if you have to think about this all or make changes occasionally on how to make this work. As long as I’m yours, I don’t care what happens. I’ll even be your slave, as long as I am your beloved slave.”  
 
Hondo chuckled and shook his head, “What did I ever do to deserve a woman as good as you?”
 
“You deserve better, but I promise I’ll try my best for you. If I don’t I expect you to spank me hard or punish me just enough to help me get my head on straight.” Molly replied softly.
 
“So? Special sex friends?” Melissa asked, before Hondo could reply to Molly.
 
“Hmmm…” Hondo grunted, “I’ll think ‘bout it if you get to work an’ get me off again! This slow-assed thrustin’ isn’t hardly gettin’ my dick warm, slave!”
 
He growled but grinned at her more softly to which she could not help but smile back as she pushed herself back up and got to rocking her hips with a new fervor.
 
“Yes master! I will do, UHNGG! AAhhh!! … better master!” She said as the quicker thrusting made a wave of pleasure flow through her.
 
“What about you, my love?” Molly asked as her hand slipped back between her thighs. “Has this helped you or answered any questions for you?”
 
He looked over at her and nodded, “Yeah, it has… ohhhssssh!
 
He hissed through his teeth as she rocked on his member, not realizing how sensitive it had gotten from her soft, slow moments earlier.
 
“How has it helped?” she asked.
 
“Well, I’m not as angry an’ thinkin’ a little better. Definitely helped with stress. I am not as worried that I’ll hurt you if Val does make things right, an’ I confirmed to myself that screwin’ some gal, no matter how nice an’ sweet they are, just doesn’t compare with bein’ with the one you actually love an’ care ‘bout… sounds sappy, I know, an’ don’t expect to have to ever repeat myself, but that’s how I see it. I reckon I’ve always worried that if I ever caved I would not only hurt the one I loved but also be drawn away. You know an’ it’s not hurtin’ you, an’ as fun as tryin’ a new pussy is out, it’s not you. You are the one I want to #$@!, an’… an’ maybe Val if she comes ‘round, as I do miss what we had. I hope you understand what I’m tryin’ to say… never been great with words.” He replied almost hesitantly.
 
She smiled and shook her head, “No, you’ve always been amazing with words. Maybe you do not talk all flowery and poetic, but you speak with meaning and purpose. That means a lot to me and was one of the things that drew me to you not long after we met. Most people you have to wonder the true meaning behind what they are saying. I know you don’t try to be mean or hurtful, but when you have things that need said that can hurt or anger people, you say it anyway as it needs said and no one questions what you mean… I also believe I understand and I.. I hope you get that back with Val, I really do… It will take a while before I trust her with you, or am comfortable to share a bed with you and her at the same time, but I hope a time will come when I do trust her and am comfortable with her… I’d like to even be best friends with her, for your sake, but we will see. No matter what, I’ll support you with her… Know that I am glad to hear how you feel and as long as you keep feeling that way I will never be the jealous wife, I promise.”
 
“If you do become all jealous on me?” He asked.
 
She gave him a wry grin, “Then I guess you’ll have to punish your bad slave wessen until she submits willingly to her master… you.”
 
Melissa gasped and groaned, interrupting his and Molly’s conversation and nearly falling on him, as an orgasm built in her body.
 
“Gahh! OHhh! Mmmm!!! …. S.sorry, m.m.aster… They are getting intense!” She moaned loudly.
 
He pushed her on, slapping her ass a few times in encouragement to keep her going. He meant what he said in its entirety, though he would not admit how amazing her tight pussy felt at the moment. He was not sure he would want one this tight every night, but he would not argue with having similar every once in a while.  
 
Though it generally took a little longer for him to be brought to orgasm a second time, her wet vacuum tight pussy kept him on edge longer than he had been for a while, so much so he lost all track of time as the half-breed feline wessen rode him, groaning and moaning gutturally through waves of pleasure that came over her again and again. How long it was or how many times she came, he did not know but once he could hold back the pressure in his member no longer, he grabbed her hips and with several deeper, slower, harder thrusts, he shot another load into her, causing her to have her biggest orgasm she had so far that night. She collapsed on him shaking, drooling, and eyes almost rolling into the back of her head as he gave the last couple thrusts. His member bucked inside her several seconds after they stopped moving, but all he could do was hold onto her tightly and she lay flopped, almost motionless, besides her trembling muscles, unable to move of her own volition from the numbing, tingling, almost electric pleasure that rippled through her and left her completely exhausted.
 
Once his member stopped surging, it slowly lost some of its size and rigidity. He tried to slip it from inside her, but her pussy seemed to hold onto it, so he left it in as he held her, allowing her to recover some.
 
“Think you could lick it clean again?” H asked with a grin.
 
She weakly shook her head and spoke softly, panting still slightly as she lay on his chest “I..*pant*  I don’t think I have the strength left after that…*pant, pant* … n.never felt anything like it before…*pant*… I.. I’m not sure I really ever came before.. *pant* … before this.. I thought I did but…*pant*”
 
“You want to shower? You should at least use the restroom once before goin’ to sleep.” He said after a moment.
 
“M.my legs feel weak.. would you help me?” She asked, quietly and seriously.
 
He sighed and eased her off him, pulling out of her as he did, the suction of her body pulling at him still as he did. Once they were separated and he was up he left her lay there while he went and started the shower. With it started he returned and helped Melissa to her feet, her groaning as he had to half pick her up.
 
“You’re gonna be sore tomorrow.” He said.
 
She grimaced, “I’m sore now, but.. never has being sore felt so good.”
 
He shook his head and chuckled before turning to Nova, who still sat at the other end of the bed, but seemed a bit more nervous now.
 
“Girl, need you to do somethin’ for me.” He said.
 
Nova jumped again and looked up at him quickly, “Y.yes master.”
 
“You don’t have to keep callin’ me master, you know.” He said.
 
“I.. I want to. … If Melissa did and.. and you like it, I want to.” She said softly as she looked away from him again.
 
“Alright, if ya want… While we are in the shower, there is a pull-out bed in that couch an’ blankets in that closet. Make it up, as we will use that, an’ pull that top cover off the big bed, so Melissa can sleep there once she’s clean.” He said.
 
She nodded, quickly stood up and hurried across the room.
“Yes master.” She said quickly as she passed him.
 
Molly frowned, “You’re not going to take her here, where I can see??”
 
“This worn out slave here needs to sleep, as do you, darlin’. You’re hurt still an’ I need you well to drive when we take off the day after tomorrow. That pill will help you, but you have to sleep to allow it to work an’ need to eat to give it energy.” He said.
 
“But… Who knows when we will get to do this again?” She asked pouting a bit.
 
“I don’t know, but you need to sleep an’ Nova is a bit nervous an’ jumpy. I think she needs less of an audience.” He replied.
 
She sighed and nodded, “You’re right. Plus, I need to be able to let you have time like this with another without being there too and this will let me see how that feels. I know if Val comes back we will both want time alone with you, as would anyone else you would take to be yours someday.”
 
“Let’s not jump the gun. Let me get used to the idea of havin’ more than one woman in theory before you start findin’ me a harem!” He said with a grin.
 
She smiled back softly, “Sorry, guess I keep overthinking it.”
 
“No worries. Just get some rest… You need help layin’ down?” He asked.
 
She shook her head, “No, but maybe you could throw me a towel. I laid on a spare blanket I can throw off, but I got a little wet watching you.”
 
“You need to clean up?” He asked.
 
She shook her head, “I will shower in the morning and try to wash the bedding too.”
 
“You need to rest tomorrow! I’ll find someone else to do the laundry.” He said.
 
“We can.” Melissa offered as she leaned against him.
 
“You might be a bit sore tomorrow for that, an’ don’t you have duties??” He asked.
 
She shook her head lightly, “No, we have the day off tomorrow. Would have two days off but being in the field and with the camp moving out, all we have to do is have our gear ready to go before the morning we leave.”
 
He nodded, “If you think you’re up to it, I’d appreciate it.”
 
She leaned into him more and spoke softly, “After all you’ve done and how you made me feel… I’d do anything you asked.”
 
He sighed and shook his head at the reply. He did not feel he deserved such feelings from her, but he would not deny that the help would be nice and he did not feel right asking the younger girls to wash their sex-fluid soaked bedding.
 
“Alright. Now, lets get you washed up.” He said/
 
She limped slowly along side him as he ushered her to the bathroom. Once there she used the wall for support and made her way to the toilet to do her business while he ran a towel to Molly, and softly kissed her goodnight before returning. Once back Melissa was back up again and leaning against the wall outside the shower, standing a bit bow-legged as she waited.
 
“You gonna be alright?” He asked.
 
She looked up at him and nodded, “Yeah. I’m tough and heal fast. Though I did not expect to feel like I had ran a marathon with a thermos shoved up my vagina after, it was amazing.”
 
He shook his head at her as he grabbed a fresh towel for her and laid it on the towel bar outside the shower before helping her in and under the warm water. Once in she leaned against him and sighed contentedly.
 
“Thank master. You exceeded my wildest dreams and I cannot thank you enough.” She said softly.
 
“You don’t have to keep callin’ me master, Melissa.” He replied.
 
“Just for tonight and.. and if we are ever together like this again, I want to. I don’t like slavery but I think anyone who get made to feel how you made me feel tonight should bow to you as master.” She said softly.
 
“I think many would disagree with you, but I’m honored you feel that way.” He replied “An’ as much as this is nice, you need rest, I have things I need to do an’ before I can do them, I have a scared little mouse to turn into a woman.” He said.
 
“I know, and I know you will treat her right… but please, kiss me at least once more?” She asked breathily.
 
He grabbed the soap with one hand as he held her with the other, and then leaned down to kiss her as he started softly soaping her body, starting with her sensitive, intimate parts first, eliciting another soft moan from her as they kissed. After a bit of kissing he pulled back and finished soaping her and then rinsed her off.
 
She sighed contently as his hands ran over her body, cleaning away the sweat and filth from her and relaxing her at the same time. She leaned against him and purred as he finished rinsing her, wishing it would not end, but knowing it had to.
 
“Well, you’re a clean slave again.” He said, grinning.
 
“Master treats me too good. A lowly, naughty slave like me doesn’t deserve such loving care.” She purred.
 
“That’s where you are wrong. You talk too much sometimes, but you’re a good little slave an’ maybe we can play ‘round again someday.” HE said.
 
“I would like that, master.” She purred.
 
“Well, we need to get you dried off an’ to bed so I can get cleaned up.” He said.
 
“I think I’ll be fine to dry off and get to bed myself, now, if you want to stay.” She offered.
 
He nodded, “That sounds fine… Would you send Nova in on your way out? Maybe some shower time would help her relax.”
 
She nodded, “Of course master… I know you will try but, please be gentle with her. She really is a sweet girl and was pretty sheltered.”
 
“He nodded, “Understand but… You really think this is the best thing for her?”
 
Melissa shrugged, “I don’t know. I know she wants it though and… and I could not tell her not to after how you made me feel. Would be selfish of me.”
 
He shook his head, “Can’t say as I’ll ever understand you women, but send her in.”
 
“I will. Good night, master.” She said softly.
 
“G’night slave.” He replied as she climbed out of the shower.
 
She toweled off and then wrapped the towel around her before heading out.  She found Nova sitting on the pull-out bed and told her to go see Hondo in the shower. Nova swallowed hard and after a moment stood up and headed slowly to the bathroom, pausing once to look back nervously before entering, all without saying a word. As Nove walked off, Melissa pulled the covers back on what was normally Hondo’s side of the bed, took her towel off and gingerly laid down, just pulling part of the cover sheet across her waist.
 
“So, was it everything you hoped for?” Molly asked.
 
Melissa sighed and nodded, “Everything and more… I.. I know you wanted to see how you would feel with him being with another woman, but I did not expect to feel this way.”
 
“What way?” Molly asked.
 
“Jealous… I’m jealous of you, Molly… I understand he wants and needs his women to be with him and support him, but I have to honor my contract and I have three years left with the army at least. I wish I did not have to, but to get out of that contract I would have to do something dishonorable and that would make me not worthy of him anymore… Maybe someday, someday I can join you both but for now, I can’t and… and it hurts to think about… I’m so jealous of you being able to be with him, as I can’t be… take care of him, please Molly?” She whispered.
 
Molly sighed, “I will. With my dying breath if I have to.”
 
-,-,-,-,-
 
Nova paused at the bathroom door and sighed nervously. She wanted this, she wanted it badly, but she was also scared. She had been nervous from the moment her thoughts had threatened to become a reality, that being when Melissa suggested they ask him to pleasure him for a night, and when she hesitated said she was going to with her or without her and that she would hate herself if she missed the opportunity. Melissa was right and she would have hated herself so she agreed as long as she did not have to be with her when the offer was made. When the offer was made she was sure he would say no, but they had talked to Molly who seemed to think she could help them, as it helped her and him with a problem that was on both of their minds too. It was then she felt that the threat of it happening was a sure thing, though his reactions pushed it back to a threat when Melissa talked to him. Upon talking to Molly again, though Melissa at least seemed to think it would happen and she found herself in a stranger’s bathroom, wearing his shirt with him standing there, looking so big and strong and she found herself unable to speak or act. With his outburst of anger at the message that came over the radio, she was sure it was not to be and had found a bit of relief at that, but also some sadness as she had psyched herself up to do this, as if she was to get over her fears, she felt this was the right path and there was no one else, other than maybe the medic, that she wanted to give herself too, but there was no opportunity with the medic and she was too scared to approach either of them on her own.
 
The what ifs were all academic now and the reality that this was going to happen weighed on her. She wanted this, but after seeing that massive organ of his and seeing how it wore out Melissa, someone who had always had a lot of energy and surpassed her in every athletic pursuit, it almost terrified her. She imagined him pouncing on her and pining her down as he shoved that huge penis into her, making her feel as if she was ripping in two as he turned her insides to something that resembled bloody scrambled eggs, and though it scared her it also made her pussy wet, which surprised her. She had never really thought about being manhandled, always dreaming of soft love and soft embraces, but after nearly being raped and after seeing what she saw tonight the thought elated her as much as it frightened her and that confused her.
 
She swallowed hard again and sighed, closing her eyes a moment before opening them again and approaching the shower. She stood outside the curtain a moment before opening it slightly to make herself known, seeing his strong, muscled back and firm ass as she looked in, as he was turned away from her.
 
“M.m.master? Y.you sent for m.me?” She asked timidly.
 
He turned to look at her, and she felt as if she was seeing naked for the first time. How he dressed belayed how fit and strong he really was, and though not hard at the moment, his flaccid penis still amazed her and drew her in. She almost did not understand her own longings, but she felt almost overcome with the urge to take it in her hand and suck on it and lick it, and take it into her body, though she feared the pain it would cause.  
 
He nodded at her, “I did. Grab that bottle from the towel shelf, take off that robe an’ come join me.”  
 
She looked at him then down at herself, not realizing how exposed she still was until then, blushing a bit at her almost bare body being exposed to him, before turning and going to the towel shelf to grab a bottle of amber liquid that sat there. She headed back and stood at the shower opening a moment before taking off the robe as she stared at the floor. Once off she hung it quickly on the towel bar, as she clutched the bottled to her breasts, trying to cover them with it and her arm. Once the robe was hung up she used her other hand to cover her crotch and slowly climbed into the shower, standing as far from him as the little area allowed. He looked at her and held out his hand for the bottle which she quickly handed to him and then covered her breasts again.
 
“You know I just seen them an’ that pussy of yours while you were sittin’ on the bed, rubbin’ it, an’ starin’ at Melissa an’ I.” HE said.
 
She blushed and looked at the floor again, “I.. I know… I.. I just…”
 
 
He uncorked the bottle and took a deep pull from it.
 
“Ahh… good stuff…. I know you’re a bit shy an’ nervous, but I need an answer from ya now, as I will not ask again, an’ I need you to be sure of your answer as once it’s made I’m takin’ it as your final answer.” He said.
 
She closed her eyes for a moment and nodded, “I.. I want this, m.master. Please.. please take my virginity. Hold me down if you have to, but please f.f.#$@! me like the b.bad little b.bitch I am. F.#$@! my m.m.mousy cunt and make a woman out of me.”
 
 
She heard guys like women to talk dirty, but she felt like a twelve-year-old trying out their first cuss words.
 
He looked at her with a raised eyebrow, as she was obviously forcing herself to talk like that and it showed.
 
“That won’t do. If you want, there will be time to talk like that later, but now I need a clear answer an’ I need you to look in my eyes an’ say it.” He said firmly.
 
She shook a bit as she gathered up the courage and looked up and into his eyes. They were so strong and steely, but there was a softness there too that she did not expect.
 
“Y.yes… Please, take me…I.. I want it. I want it! I.. am sc.sc.scard and n.nervous, but I still want it… I won’t change my mind.” She stammered slightly but said firmly.
 
He sighed and nodded, “I believe you, but you’re gonna hafta relax or I will hurt you, an’ I don’t want to.”
 
She looked down and nodded, “I.. I’m trying.”
 
“Well, lets start with puttin’ those hands down an’ lettin’ me look at you better.” He replied softly.
 
She pulled her hand away from her crotch and laid it by her side and then after a moment removed her other arm from across her breasts but still stared at the floor as she stood before him. He put a hand on her arm and she trembled at his touch, though she tried not too.
 
“You’re seriously scared, aren’t ya, girl?” He asked softly.
 
A tear fell from her eye as she whispered, “I.. I’m sorry… I can’t help it… please, just please stick it in me, master.”
 
He used the hand he had the bottle in to lift her chin and make her look him in the eyes again, “That won’t do, an’ you need to stop callin’ me master, as I don’t think that’s helpin’ you.”
 
“I.. I don’t know what else to call you. Sir just does not feel right, and… and I can’t just call you by your name.” She whispered.
 
“Why not?” He asked.
 
“It… its just not right.” She replied.
 
He sighed and took his hand from her chin before spinning her around by the arm he still had a hold of. She closed her eyes and bent forward as he let go of her, expecting him to just shove his dick into her, but nothing happened.  
 
“What are you doin’?” He asked.
 
“I.. I thought…” She stammered, but was cut short as he put a hand on her waist and pulled her back against him.
 
He wrapped his arm around her and just held her against him for a moment, and she felt like she was going to cry.  
 
“Wh.why?” She asked softly as she felt his body on her back and the warm water running over them both.
 
“Why what?” he asked.
 
“Why are.. are you being so nice to me and not just bending me over? I don’t understand.” She replied softly.
 
“You want me to just take you with no regard with how you feel, to not care about how scared you are, or how bad you could hurt if I took you this way?” He asked back.
 
“N.no but… isn’t that how it is?” She asked.
 
He sighed, “This world has a lot of bad people who do a lot of wrong things in it, but that’s not how it’s supposed to be.”
 
“But.. but you and Melissa…” She retorted but was cut off.
 
“Like I said earlier, Melissa wanted to pretend to be my slave an’ have me take her roughly. If we did it again an’ she wanted me to hold her softly, I would. It doesn’t have to be rough, but it can be. Sometimes is rough because it’s forced, sometimes its out of bein’ playful, but none of that means it has to be or is always.” He replied.
 
She relaxed a bit and let herself lean into him, “Sorry, I just.. just don’t know a lot about this stuff… thank your for being nice, though.
 
He handed her the bottle, which she took and stared at.
 
“Have some, it will help.” He said.
 
“What is it?” She asked.
 
“Whiskey” He replied.
 
She shook her head, “I.. I don’t drink.”
 
“I told you I’d take you if you trusted me an’ did what I said. Don’t see much of either of those happenin’.” He replied.
 
She looked at the bottle and sighed before putting it to her lips and taking way too deep a pull for a non-drinker.
 
She swallowed but her eyes got big as she found she could not breath from the fire she felt in her throat and soon started coughing. Hondo chuckled lightly as he grabbed the bottle to keep it from falling as he held her and rubbed her chest as she coughed.
 
“Whoa now! Smaller sips!” He said.
 
“How do *cough* you drink *cough, cough* this stuff!” She exclaimed.
 
“I’m used to it, but you need to start slow… Have a bit more.” He said handing it back to her.
 
“I.. I am not trying not to trust you, but why?” She asked.
 
“It will help relax you, an’ you need all the help relaxin’ that you can get!” He replied.
 
She sighed and nodded and took a smaller sip this time. It bunt some still, but not as bad, so she took another and another, just enough to let her tongue and throat get used to it.  
 
As she sipped on it and gradually started to relax a bit, he moved his hand up to her ample D breasts and started to squeeze and tease them lightly. She seemed to take to that well, though she tensed up a bit first when he started to tease her nipples. After a few minutes of that, and her now having a couple shot of whiskey in her, he moved his hand down to her womanhood, to which she tensed and clenched her legs shut.
 
She trembled and hugged the bottle to her belly, “Not yet, please… Sorry, I.. I’m so nervous… please just play with my breast a little longer… I like that, but… not my pussy yet, please.”
 
(to be continued…)
Back to top
 
 

Well the cowboy, like the red man, you had to leave your land
You can't raise your stock and plant your crop in the gumbo and the sand
Greed disguised as progress has put us to the test
They won't be glad until we're gone from our home out in the west
It's sad to see those good old days replaced with greed and doubt
Soon we'll leave the country, the campfire has gone out
Bid 'em all adieu, you can't turn the world about
The cowboy left the country, the campfire has gone out
View Profile WWW   IP Logged
Hondo I. Sackett
YaBB Administrator
*****
Behind you!




Posts: 1349
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2932 - Aug 2nd, 2023, 11:02am
 
Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!! Warning! Night of Debauchery part 3! Gratuitous sex! Not for the innocent of mind or Feminists!!

 
 
 
Hondo was glad that his rage had subsided some, though it was not all gone and he was not sure it would subside altogether anytime soon, but at least, now he was thinking more clearly and could control his actions better.
 
Nova was so timid but yet brave, so soft yet fit, so long and lean, yet ample in the right places, and so scare yet so trusting, and somehow it all turned him on. It actually turned him on more than he thought it would, and his desire to take her had grown strong. Not that Melissa did not turn him on, as the little tank of a woman and her slave act was hot, but he pretty much rage-#$@!ed her, not taking the time to think on how desirable she was, using most of his available thought processes to just hold himself back from hurting her. Had Nova been first, it would not have been good. Melissa’s desires at least fell in line with his need, her desire to be taken roughly, and his need to #$@! roughly, but had it been Nova he still would have bent her over and #$@!ed her roughly, as he was pushed to the point to where he could not have done it any other way.  He only realized it now and it scared him a bit, as though walking away should have been an option, he somehow lost it in the heat of the moment. He knew he had no right to have any protection in this state of debauchery, but he felt as if he was being protected from on high, as was this young woman. Melissa gave him what he needed and helped calm his mind and spirit, now he had to do the same for Nova.
 
“I can wait a bit for that, if you want.” He replied softly.
 
He moved his hand back to her waist, and after a moment just ran it lightly across her stomach and down her side as he used the other to continue playing with her soft, ample, teardrop shaped breast, occasionally moving from squeezing and fondling them to pinch, twist, and roll her smaller firm nipples between his thumb and pointer finger.
 
She sighed and took another couple sips from the bottle as she leaned against him silently, one hand on the bottle and the other hand by her side. After a bit he took the bottle from her, took a deep pull from it, and handed it back.  
 
“Ahh! … That is a good bottle. Some from a little distillery in Wyomin’… only have a case left.. After that it’s gone for good, I reckon…. You’re awfully quiet, girl.” He said, trying to get something out of her.
 
She took another sip from the bottle, sighed and then with her other hand grabbed the hand of his that he had put back on her waist and just held it.
 
“S.s.sorry… I.. I just don’t know what to say… I wanted this for a while now, but now that it’s happening….. I’m terrified.” She whispered before taking a bigger pull from the bottle.
 
He took the bottle from her, took a drink and sat it up on the ledge of the shower wall.
 
“You might need to wait for anymore of that. I want you relaxed, not hammered! … *sigh*” He stopped playing with her breast and turned her around to face him.  
 
She stared down at first but found she that down put her staring right at his dick, which had gotten bigger, but was not quite half-mast yet. That only made her blush, so she tried to look up at his eyes, but it was almost too much for her too, so she stared at his chest instead. It was not perfect, as even that seemed to make her feel flustered, but not as much as the other two. He lifted her chin after a moment, to which she tried to still look down but found it hard to now, so she was forced to gaze into his eyes. Those steely gunmetal colored eyes of his seemed to look right through her, and it sent a chill through her body at first, but the longer she looked the more she was somehow drawn into them. There was a softness in them but they were unmistakably the eyes of a predator, a hunter, a man on top of the food chain, and that both thrilled and terrified her at the same time. She feared what he could do to her body but she wanted him to do it. She was to afraid to ask for it but hoped he would just take it, as she needed him to just take it, to take her.  
 
He gazed down into her scared green eyes for a long time. They were the eyes of a prey animal; soft, darting, scared, and yet they seemed to want to trust him, to want him, to long for him. Her eyes said more about her fears and desires than her mouth had. He almost distrusted himself when it came to reading women but the anger in him tonight had quieted that small voice of question and doubt in his head until he could only hear it whisper when all was quiet. All was not quiet at the moment though, as his mind and body screamed at him to dominate the prey in front of him, as it was in his nature as hunter to take from the prey what he wanted, yet they prey seemed willing. He questioned for a brief moment whether she was will or just giving over to the nature order, to her place in the moment, submitting to the hunter as she knew it was inevitable, but as that brief moment passed, no questions were answered and he reacted as he felt he must.
 
He scooped her up and pulled her against him, her tiny feet dangling in the air at the end of her long shapely legs as she did not know what to even do with the rest of herself at the moment, let alone them, as he held and arm under her ass to hold her up against him. She would have squeaked in surprise or asked what he was going to do or something had his other hand not simultaneously been placed behind her head, pulling it into his as his lips engulfed hers in a deep passionate kiss. She fought him at first, a bit out of surprise and a bit from fear, but she soon relaxed and gave into it. It was not that she did not want this, but that she really was not sure what she wanted or what to expect. Though she was glad he was taking the reins, she was like a young filly first being broke to ride by a trusted trainer, so unsure of what to do that she instinctively fought him, that was until she realized he was trying to guide her for her own good.
 
She trembled as he held and kissed her, but she soon warmed up to it, putting her arms around his neck and wrapping her legs around his waist to pull herself into him more tightly as she melted into the kiss.  
 
After what seemed like an eternity and a moment to her at the same time he pulled back and stared into her eyes again. Her breasts rubbed against him and her chest heaved as she panted for air. She did not realize how out of breath she had become until then, but it did not matter, as for some reason much of her fear had melted away.
 
“Thank you.” She whispered.
 
“For what?” He asked.
 
“Guiding me… taking the lead… I.. I just don’t know what to do and.. and it scares me… I overthink things sometimes and honestly, I have no clue how to do this with you… Please.. please just take me how you feel is best.” She said softly and breathily.
 
“You want to have a safe-word like Melissa did?” He asked.
 
She shook her head, “No.”
 
“You sure?” He asked, raising an eyebrow at her.
 
“I.. I’m afraid I would use it just because I let myself freak out over something, like not knowing what to do or from the pain of you entering me… I know it will hurt, but… you said I need to do as you say and trust you, right? So… I don’t want one as I want to show you I trust you to take me the way I need to be.” She said softly as she stared into his eyes again, her eyes looking like that of a little fawn looking at its mother, so scared of the world and so trusting that she will be taken care of in the way she needs.  
 
He pulled her to him and kissed her again, though not as long this time. Once he pulled back he looked at her for a second before lifting her up, breaking her grip on him, and resting her ass on a ledge about chest level for him in the shower, putting himself almost eye level with her womanhood. As he did, he spread her legs and put them over his shoulders as he leaned in.
 
She was not sure at first what he was doing but she tried to just trust him, trusting he would not hurt her or drop her or anything, though she felt her cheeks flush again and as she realized what was happening. She clenched her thighs slightly at first, but then slowly tried to relax them as he spread her legs. She grabbed the upper shower ledge with one hand and put the other on his head to steady herself as he put her legs over his shoulders and got closer to her. She closed her eyes and tensed a bit as she felt his breath on her soft, tight, smooth labia, and her breath caught for a moment as his hands spread her open further, revealing her most sensitive, externally reachable parts to him. She took a deep, shuttering breath and held it as he licked across the inner lips of her pussy, from her vaginal opening up and across her clitoris. It felt electrifying, as his tongue seemed to send little bolts of pleasure through her kitty that traveled through her body and pulsed through her mind like they were trying to escape out the top of her head. As he continued the feeling only built in her, the feeling as if the pleasure was pressure that built in her mind and body, threatening to rip her apart to allow its escape if it built too much. She had played with herself many times before and imagined what this would all be like, as she slowly built similar little pressure waves within herself, but those were nothing compared to these that he now built within her. She did not know if it was the fear in her, the thrill of finally doing it, having someone else do the touching so she could not anticipate the exact moment nor control the speed, moment, or pressure of the touch, if he was that skilled, or if was a mix of several if not all of those things, but she knew if felt amazing.
 
 
“MMmmm .. Ohhhh! …. Th.th.th.that f.f.f.feels amazing!” She moaned, only now realizing that she had been moaning out loud for the last couple minutes.
 
She had brought herself to orgasm before, though she usually only moaned softly towards the end, generally just sighing, tensing her muscles, and rolling around a bit restlessly as she flicked her own bean, fondled her own breasts, and came close to what she thought was a good orgasm. She now realized that what she thought was a good orgasm brought forth by her own hand, was mediocre at best. With his tongue alone, he was surpassing her own attempts by miles.
 
She took her hand from his head and grabbed one of her breasts, kneading it, squeezing it, and occasionally pinching and twisting her nipple to add to the feelings of bliss that swelled in her, as he licked her vaginal opening and sucked on her swelling clit. She moaned again rather loudly and her eyes rolled back in her head as the waves of pleasure built to its peak causing her to inadvertently tense and squeeze his head with her thighs as she climaxed. As the wave passed she relaxed and half slumped against him as she panted for air.
 
He looked up at her with a Cheshire cat like grin as she looked down at him, as she tried to regain her breath.
 
“Need me to stop?” He asked, still grinning at her.
 
“I.. *pant* .. I wish you could.. *pant* .. never stop and ..*pant* make me feel like that always but ..*pant* I.. *pant* .. I want a chance to make you feel good too… *pant, pant*.. Can I.. *pant* .. come down and suck on you for a bit?” She asked breathily.
 
He nodded, took her legs from his shoulders and lifted her down. She paused and stared at him for a moment before putting a hand on his shoulder to pull herself up as she stretched upon her toes, kissing him again but of her own volition this time, which surprised him slightly at her boldness. Though she was still a bit nervous, she found it hard to stay timid and shy around him now, after he had his head in between her legs, his mouth and tongue on her sensitive pussy parts, and had brought her to such an intense orgasm.  
 
As she kissed him, she placed her other hand on his chest and let it slowly slide down his body. She felt his swelling member press against her body and guided her hand between them to that spot, gently grabbing the shaft as she tasted his lips and her own juices that lingered on them, though she did not even realize it at the time. With his member firmly in her hand, she pulled back from the kiss and slowly slid down, kissing his chest, stopping a moment to play with one of his nipples with her tongue, as she slowly started stroking his long shaft.  
 
He gently ran his fingers through her hair as he closed his eyes a moment and enjoyed the sensation of her touch, as her imagination on what sex should be guided her inexperienced body in trying to please her lover. She was not perfect and had a lot to learn, but unlike with the lust he felt from Melissa, he felt an actual care to her actions. It was not the same as the love he felt from how Molly touched him but it was close, and he found himself enjoying it despite her inexperience and maybe even more so because of it. He sighed after a moment and looked down to see her intently looking up at his face, almost lovingly, as she tried to gauge if she was doing well or not. He gave her a smile and a nod to which her face lite up at, as she knew it was a look of approval.  
 
She looked back at his chest after a monument and started on down again, kissing down his belly, mons, and down his almost fully hard member, stopping once she got to the tip to look it over closely. Her eyes widened a bit as it truly seemed even more massive looking at it like this, and she blushed as she thought of him putting it into her. She knew it would hurt some but it frightened her much less now. If he could be this gentle now and take his time with her, letting her warm up to his touch and allowing her to explore his body at her pace, then she knew he would be as gentle as he could with putting it into her. She kissed the tip and looked back up at him with a soft smile and an expectant look.
 
“Am.. am I doing alright?... Do you like it?” She asked softly.
 
“You’re doin’ fine, girl. You can touch, kiss, lick or suck on anything down there, just no bitin’ or usin’ teeth on my dick. Playin’ with my balls is fine too, but be gentler with them… I’ll let you know if somethin’ doesn’t feel good, so don’t worry ‘bout it too much.” He replied in a low voice.
 
“Thank you, Master… I will try to be gentle.” She replied again softly.
 
She resumed kissing his glans and stroking the shaft with one hand, as she fondled her own breast again for a moment with the other. She let go of her breast after a bit and lightly grabbed his balls, though one barely fit in her hand. She lifted his shaft, stroking it as she held it up still, to allow her to get in close enough to kiss and lick his ball sack, savoring his taste and texture as she explored every inch of his manhood.  
 
He let her explore for a while, and though it was not overly stimulating like Melissa’s rough cat-like tongue was, he still enjoyed the feelings of her tender licks, kisses, and gentle fondling, finding it relaxing and amusing at the same time. He frowned a bit as he thought on the first time he and Valentine had been together. She was not quite so fearful or timid, as they had made out before and even got a bit handsy on a few occasions before they decided to become intimate with each other, but her exploration was not all that different from what Nova was doing now. Though it saddened him that they had lost their relationship, it was also a good memory which he was partly reliving now. He found that focusing on that good time gave him some small amount of peace, despite the anger, stress, and heartbreak that lingered at the core of his being.  
 
After a time, he tapped her on the head to get her attention, “Alright, Girl. I’m gonna turn into a prune If I stand under this water any longer an’ the hot water is bound to give out, so we better move this to the bed.”
 
She frowned slightly, “Can.. can I lick and kiss your penis more once we get out, master?”
 
He chuckled, “You like doin’ that?”
 
She nodded vigorously.
 
“You keep likin’ that an’ you’ll have men beatin’ down the door to win your heart! Heh! A man appreciates a woman who likes to suck on his cock… We get dried off, have us another drink an’ get to that bed an’ I don’t see why you can’t do some more of that if you want to. I’m sure as hell ain’t gonna say no right now!” He said with a grin, as he reached down a hand for her to take.
 
She grabbed his hand and he lifted her to her feet before turning off the water.
 
“Can I dry you off?” She asked.
 
He nodded, “I reckon I don’t see the harm in that, if you want to.”
 
She did not reply but just grabbed the closest towel and started drying his body off.
 
He grabbed the bottle from the ledge and took another swig as she worked. One she finished drying him and then herself, he handed the bottle to her. She wrapped the towel around her body, just above her breasts, and tucked in a corner to keep it secure before taking the bottle from him. As she took a sip, he pulled the towel off her, exposing her again. She would have squeaked in surprise again, but she was too busy trying not to choke on the harsh, amber liquid, of which did not seem as harsh as it did before, but still leaving a lingering burn on the tip of her tongue after each sip.  
 
“*cough, cough*! You surprised me, masTER! EEE!” She squeaked as he swept her off her feet and into his arms.
 
She gave him a surprised look as he picked her up, but instead of asking questions she just smiled and sighed after a moment, before leaning into his chest, enjoying him carrying her to the bed. It felt like a dream to her, one she did not want to end.  
 
The soft smiles and light contented sighs she gave off were a salve to his soul at the moment, though his guilt grew over using such an innocent, timid creature as her for finding his own peace of mind, but not enough to slow him down or give him pause to reflect.  
 
As he carried her to the pull-out couch bed, he glanced at the two women on the big bed. Melissa was passed out hard, one arm over her eyes, the other stretched out across the bed, and her legs spread open, as if closing them now would be too uncomfortable after what she had been through. Molly lay slightly propped up, and appeared asleep, but not peacefully so, or so he figured from the grimace on her face. He figured she was still in pain, and though the thought and sight of her hurting tore at his chest, there was little he could do for her but leave her alone to sleep and heal. He shook his head slightly and pushed the thoughts and feelings from his mind and body as best he could as he turned his thoughts and lusts back to the cute mouse wessen in his arms.
 
He took the bottle from her, as he laid her down, and set it on the floor, before crawling onto the bed. He straddled her as he leaned in and kissed her again, pinning her arms above her head so she could only press her lips against his and thrust her breasts up against his chest, building a desire within her as they kissed. He pulled back after a bit but stayed almost nose to nose with her as he stared into the deep green pools that stared back at him with fear and longing, the fear much less than it had been before.
 
“L.Let me suck on your penis a bit more before you put it in me, please? I like tasting you down there… I like the feel on my tongue, lips, and face… I like making you feel good.” She whispered breathily.
 
He nodded and lay down beside her, letting her get up and crawl back on top of him. She kissed him again, as before, and then worked her way down his body, making sure to drag her stiff nipples down his chest and torso as she kissed and licked her way to his manhood again. Once she was down there he spread his legs and gave her unfettered access, as she timidly and softly explored and pleasured him again. Though her licks, nibbles, and kisses were so soft, tender, and pure, they were building a primal urge in him again, one less blind but almost more powerful than before.  His member throbbed from her attention and his muscles tensed and relaxed as she randomly hit areas that were more sensitive than other, her inexperience being both a hinderance to him building towards an orgasm and a reward in being allowed to feel the genuine, timid touches of one still so pure and unadulterated.
 
 As much as he enjoyed it, his desires burned and his patience gave out so he grabbed her arm to get her attention, and once he had it he slowly pulled her up his body once again. Once he had her face to face again, he pulled her against him and kissed her again before rolling over to lay her on the bed. He did his best to use his knees and elbows to keep his weight off of her as he pressed his body against her, but she did not seem to mind, even trying to pull him into her harder, as if she wanted to merge their beings into a single entity. He pulled back after a bit again and pushed himself up so to stare into her eyes as she panted once more.
 
“Are.. *pant, pant* Are you going to .. *pant* take me now?” She asked softly.
 
“After I get you wet again.” He whispered back in a low growl.
 
“I.. I’m still wet from before but … anything you want, I’ll do… I am yours, master.” She said with a distinct note of sincerity to her voice, completely different from the playful tone that Melissa used.
 
His guilt barked at him for the first time that evening, but he pushed it away as if it was some loathsome creature to be despised. He had decided he was taking her and nothing was stopping it!  
 
He kissed her neck, nibbling on it a bit before going back up and licking, kissing and nibbling one of her ears.
 
“M.m.master! My ears are too sensitive!! I.. I’m not sure I can take much more!! Uhhmmhh!! OHhhh!!!” She moaned.
 
He felt her trembling under him and continued for a bit before moving back down, kissing her cheek, neck, and chest, before pausing to linger at her breasts again, testing and teasing her firm nipples with his teeth and tongue, and tickling her soft globes with his mustache. She giggled, sighed, and moaned a bit, arching her back almost as an instinctive reaction, as if shoving them deeper and harder into his mouth would increase the sensation. After eliciting a deep moan from her, he continued down her belly and to her pubic region. As his kisses and caresses approached her womanhood, this time he did not need to spread her legs as she opened them willingly for him, trusting his abilities and ready for his touch once more without a hint of fear as to what he might do or make her feel when like this now. She moaned as his breath touched her again, before he even tried to spread her open, moaning and groaning at even his slightest touch now as her sensitivity spiked. She was right in saying she was still wet, as her pussy was seeping its lubricating fluids quite nicely, but he determined it was not enough yet. He inspected her more closely this time, her tight, soft labia fully hid her inner labia lips perfectly, her still firm clit though poking from between them as if begging for further attentions.  
 
He spread her velvety pussy lips to expose her love sheath better and noted no hymen was visible. It meant little to nothing though, as some women did not have them, most who did saw them thin or disappear as they got older, and others tore them or lost them while performing other strenuous activity such as exercises, running, riding bikes or horses, or performing vigorous stretches. The inexperienced and unlearned would take it as a reason to doubt her virginity, but he was neither. If he had any reason to doubt her virginity from that, though, her actions would have quieted those doubts as even a woman who has had sex only once would not act as scared or awkward as she had been.
 
Once his quick inspection was over he started licking and sucking again, causing her body to tense and arch almost immediately. She grabbed and twisted one of her ears as the waves of pleasure went through her and wound the fingers of her other hand into his hair, holding onto him as if letting go would cause her very spirit to leave her body. He brought her to orgasm twice more and was working on a third as she begged him to stop teasing her and to take her. He paused right before she came again, leaving her sensitive but denying her the bliss of that wave. She looked down at him a bit confused at this action to see him looking back at her with a wicked grin.
 
“Master?” She asked softly.
 
“You want to cum again, you’ll hafta on my dick, as I want to be in you, right now.” He growled.
 
She nodded timidly as he sat up on his knees and lifted her spread legs. She reached a hand down, almost instinctively, to spread herself for him, ready to finally feel him inside of her.
 
“I.. I want you in me too, but… Master, please be gentle with me, I beg you…. I want you so bad but I’m so scared of it hurting.” She whispered.
 
He put her legs on his shoulders and stretched them forward as he leaned down and kissed her again deeply, letting her once more taste herself on his lips. He then pulled back, grabbed the bottle from the floor and took a big drink before putting it to her lips and giving her a fairly large drink as well. She managed to swallow it with only minor, soft coughing this time, though her breath caught suddenly and she drew in a quick, deep, jagged breath as she felt a sudden pressure at her vaginal opening, followed by a pinching sensation as his big, hard, throbbing member was pushed into her a bit. She tensed at the feeling, but he stopped moving and sat up enough to keep his weight on his haunches to free his hands. He grabbed her shouldered and massaged it firmly with one hand and rubbed her chest, belly, and breasts with the other.
 
“Come on, girl. Ya gotta relax.” He said calmingly, but firmly.
 
“I..I c.c.can’t!” She quietly exclaimed through grit teether.
 
“Just breath, girl… Deep breaths… In through your nose… let your belly expand, as you breath in, then slowly out, pullin’ your belly in as it leaves… just keep doin’ that slowly… there ya go…. Just breath an’ we’ll take this as slow as ya need.” He said soothingly as he coached her through the pain.  
 
After a bit she nodded, “I.. I’m doing alright now.”  
 
He put the bottle back to her lips and she almost greedily took a pull from it before swallowing and laying back with a sigh.
 
“You ready for more?” he asked as he tried to judge if he was pushing her too hard or not.
 
She nodded quickly and spoke breathily, “Y.yes… just.. just hold me down and.. and push it all the way in, please? … I.. I’d like to get the pain over with in one go… please.”
 
He frowned as he looked into her eyes for a moment, silently, before nodding, “Alright, but .. try to relax.”
 
He could feel her tense a bit almost immediately so he waited and rubbed her a bit more until she relaxed again. He leaned down over her and she tensed again, so he kissed and nibbled at the edge of her ear, causing her to stretch out her long, lean frame and moan again at the stimulation. He stopped long enough to let the moan die off and as her body relaxed one more he firmly pushed his member into her again, not stopping as her body tensed again this time. She grit her teeth, at first, then cried out from the pain.
 
“Please stop! IT HURTS!!” She cried through clenched teeth as tears fell down her cheeks.
 
He sat up and continued though, his hand grabbing above her waist and keeping her from pulling back. Her slender fingers grabbed his forearms and dug into them, her nails puncturing the skin in spots. Her body tensed until it shook and she held her breath as she felt as if she was being split in two. HE kept pushing, though, not slamming himself in her, but keeping steady pressure so he slid in until he felt his glans push against her cervix. Once he felt that, he stopped but held her hips fast still, keeping her from wiggling away.
 
“Breath, girl! Before you pass out!!” His hisses as he saw her turning red from holding her breath still.
 
“c.can’t!” She growled hoarsely, as she grit her teeth through the pain.
 
“You can! Now breath!” He growled back.
 
She took a deep ragged breath after a moment and blew it out as equally as ragged.
 
“Like I told you before, girl, in through the nose, out through the mouth, slow, deep, steady… come on! You pass out an’ I swear I’ll screw your unconscious ass without two thoughts, an’ you’ll miss the whole deal!!” He growled.
 
She forced the breath in through her nose, but could not breath as deep as she wanted due to the pinching pain in her abdomen and feeling like her guts were being pushed into her lungs. Slowly though with each breath it got easier and easier and soon the pain passed and her body relaxed, though she trembled stilled.
 
“You gonna be alright?” He asked.
 
She nodded, “Y.yess, I.. I think so…. Wh.why didn’t you stop?”
 
“You told me not to.” He replied.
 
“I.. I didn’t think it would hurt so much, but… I asked you to stop, why didn’t you??
 She asked, her voice trembling a bit.
 
“I gave ya options earlier. I told ya if you wanted me to take you, you had to trust me an’ let me take it at the speed I thought you needed it. You said you would trust me. I also offered for you to have a safe word in case things were too much. You said no to that, as you were gonna trust me. I took it slow an’ stopped when I thought you needed me too when I first started to enter ya, but then instead of trustin’ me you decided you knew better on how much you could take an’ what would be better. That wasn’t trustin’ me. So, you wanted to direct it an’ without a safe word, I gave ya what you asked for.” He stated matter of fact like.
 
She looked down and away from him, “Oh.”
 
“I didn’t want to hurt ya, but both of us can’t drive. We can do this together, but I lead. If you wanted to lead you should have said so from the start.” He replied.
 
“I.. I w.wanted you to lead, though.” She replied quietly.
 
“Then let me!” He replied firmly.
 
She looked back up at him, “I.. I will, I promise… please take me.”
 
He nodded and lowered back down and kissed her neck again, giving her a moment more to recover.
 
“Were… were you teaching me a lesson?” She asked after a moment quietly.
 
He nodded blowing softly into her ear as he did, causing her to moan again softly.
 
“Those ears are sensitive, aren’t they?” He asked after a moment.
 
She nodded and replied softly, “Y.yess. almost as much as my nipples, though not as sensitive as you made my little clitoris feel.”
 
 
He blew on it again before sitting up so he could grab both her ears and twist them until she bit her lower lip.
 
“It was a lesson, an’ I’m sorry it hurt so much… I don’t want to hurt you, but this won’t work unless you understand why one has to lead. Since I’m the experienced one, an’ you want me to take you, I lead. I would rather try to make you feel good now an’ teach no more lessons tonight.” He replied, tweaking her ears just a bit more at the end.
 
“Y.yes, master! I.. I’m sorry! P.p.please don’t hurt me anymore!!” she said with a groan.
 
He released her ears and started slowly thrusting. She groaned at first, but it slowly turned into a moan. He did not try to stretch her depth as fast as he did with Melissa, but slowly rocked his hips, pushing his member softly against her cervix before letting off and repeating.  
 
Nova was tight, as he expected, but not as tight as Melissa had been, though she claimed she was not a virgin. It made sense though if one took their builds into consideration. Melissa was maybe five-foot-tall even, if not a bit under, but muscular, built like a sexy little tank, slightly curvy but due all to well formed muscle. She was not overly ripped, as some women got when trying to compete with men physically, but for a woman she was firmly packed and athletically built, obviously being a little gym rat, or gym cat more appropriately named due to her wessen species. With this, and not being active sexually, her muscles were so toned as to make her tighter and to the point they fought stretching. Nova was athletic, but not like Melissa. She was maybe five foot six inches tall or so, her head coming up to Hondo’s nose, where Melissa didn’t make his chin unless he leaned down a bit, and had a softer body. Her stomach was flat, her legs and arms firm, but her breasts, ass, thighs, pussy, and even cheeks had a little more softness in them, being plump enough to add to her sexy curves without looking fat. It was the look of a healthy woman’s body, but one not subjected to strenuous workouts. She was built more like a runner or jogger from the feel of her firm ass muscles that hid under the layer of softness on her hips. Her breasts were quite a bit larger and softer than Melissa’s too, but that was more DNA than anything.  
 
Hondo would not verbally admit it but as much as he enjoyed Melissa’s firm little C-cups with their larger nipples, Nova’s softer, ample D globes with their petite nipples were closer to what he considered the perfect breast. The things was, he just liked nice breasts and luckily for him he had not been with a woman who he did not like their breast. While he did take in a woman as a whole, appreciating a nice ass, sharply body, firm, flat belly, and nice eyes and smile, he was still a breast man at heart, and these ones pleased him very well.
 
He pulled out of her before bringing her to orgasm, his member making more of a slurping sound as it pulled from her rather than a pop like with Melissa. He had her slide more to the middle of the bed and lay on her side, turned away from him, before he laid down behind her and slid close, lifting her leg a bit so he could enter her again. He slid into her much more easily this time, her pussy almost pulling him in as she moaned softly at the feeling. Once in he let go of her leg, allowing her to place it where she was most comfortable, as he wrapped his arms around her and pulled her close so she could feel his chest against her back and he could fondle her breasts again. He kissed her ear as he started thrusting again, eliciting a soft moan almost immediately.  
 
He brought her to orgasm in this position, though it took a while as she had to get used to the new sensation of a male member, and one so large, being inside of her. They changed positions after, where he laid her back on the bed but stood beside the bed, liftin her hips in the air as he entered her again, and brought her to orgasm, stopping short of busting a nut inside her.  
 
After a brief pause for kissing again, he bent her over the bed, like he had with Melissa but took her not as roughly, though his thrusts were becoming harder, faster and deeper, and her climaxes were growing more intense. She had tried to be as quiet as possible, managing to muffle herself with a pillow the last two times, but this time she had little control as each orgasm seemed more intense than the previous. He quickly made her come again in this time, causing her body to tremble with the pleasure.
 
“You doin’ alright, girl?!” He asked through clenched teether as he rhythmically thrust into her.
 
“Y.Yes m.m.master! … *pant, pant* **thwap, thwap, thwap** … Please… please #$@! my little cunt!... Please Master! *pant, pant* Please breed me! Breed me like you did the Sargent! Please!!” She begged as she gripped the blankets and laid her head against the bed as she felt his member slide back and forth inside of her, as he bounced his hips off her ass.
 
“Your ass is mine, little mouse!” He growled as he sped up a bit, slamming into her much harder now.
 
She babbled a bit as another orgasm built and soon her jumbled words turned into guttural, begging sounds with no coherent meanings or forms at all. He continued to pound her, growling more as the pressure built inside of him until, with groan and a few last erratic thrusts, he let go and blew his semen inside of her. His member bucked wildly and she cried and uttered guttural moans as she was overwhelmed with emotions as she road her last and strongest orgasm of the night and felt a man’s seed enter her body for the first time. As his orgasm subsided he pulled out and crawled around her, onto the bed, pulling her up beside him as he lay there. She grabbed onto him and buried her face into his chest, crying softly and trembled as she held onto him. He wrapped his arms around her and rubbed her back gently.
 
“You alright, girl?” He whispered softly into her ear.
 
All she could do for the moment was nod, as she cried and panted, so he just continued to hold her.  
 
After several minutes she settled down and a couple minutes later he felt her softly kiss his chest. He pulled back from her and looked down into her face, searching it to see if she was alright. Her tear-filled eyes worried him a bit but the soft smile on her lips alleviated that worry.
 
“Better now?” He asked.
 
She nodded, “Much better… Sorry to worry you, master… I guess.. I guess I just got a bit emotional.”
 
He chuckled, “That’s alright… Val, she…” His grin left as he thought about what he was saying.
 
“…she cried too our first couple times…” He said quietly, frowning and staring off at the wall as he spoke.
 
“Is she the one who you got the call about tonight?” Nova asked softly.
 
Hondo nodded, “… yeah… *sigh* … She was my wife… was supposed to be my mate, my one and only, but she turned against me.”
 
“You love her still, though, don’t you?” She more said than asked.
 
He nodded, “Yeah, I do, though I’m too hurt to take her back yet, even though she wants to now, or so it seems like…. I miss the woman I knew an’ hate what happened, but I can’t hate the whole situation as it brought Molly an’ I together… I love that woman a lot too, though I wish we had met a long time ago an’ I could have saved her some anguish.”
 
“We’re all messed up and have gone through sad thing, it’s a part of life, I guess… I am too but you helped me a lot tonight and I’m so thankful for it… I’m a bit jealous too now though, as I want to stay with you, master.” She replied softly.
 
“Please call me Hondo. I like the master thing an’ could stand to hear it every once in a while, for fun, but I want to hear you say my name.” He replied seriously.
 
She gazed silently into his eyes for a moment before speaking, “ … I love you, Hondo.”
 
He frowned a bit, “I like hearin’ you say my name, but did not expect to hear that… You don’t love me.”
 
“But, Hondo, I do! I promise I do!!” She exclaimed.
 
“You don’t even know me, nor do I know you… This.. this was fun, though I probably shouldn’t have taken you. I know this world is messed up an’ you are in dangerous work, that with how damn cute, sexy, an’ innocent you are, plus the fact I was blind angry, I gave in an’ I admit I enjoyed #$@!in’ ya, but it’s not love.” He replied firmly.
 
She sighed and looked down, “You.. you mean you can’t love me?”
 
“No! I mean we don’t love each other! Maybe we could, given time, but this.. this isn’t love. This was sex! … Yeah, it’s fun, feels good, an’ done right together can be even more than that… What we did was more than just sex but it wasn’t love. You understand?” He asked, as he searched her eyes, hoping not to hurt her.
 
She shook her head, “Not really, but I know what you are saying… You just… I just… I….. I’ve been so scared to open up to anyone, always timid, hiding myself from everyone like a scared little.. mouse. You.. you made me feel like a woman, but not just a woman, a woman who can be brave and redeem herself possibly… No one has ever made me feel like that before… I want more! I .. I want you.”
 
He sighed, “A part of me was afraid this would happen… Listen, like I told Melissa, I can’t stay here an’ I can’t compete with the army.”
 
“What if I could come with you? Would you give me a chance??” She asked.
 
“I would, but it would take time an’ I would insist that this stop until we learn if we work together an’ you work with Molly an’ maybe Val. It would take time. But part of the question is, if you could. Don’t you have an obligation to yourself and the military?” He queried.
 
“Yes, but I only have two years left, and.. and if I got pregnant or something I could get discharged early!” she exclaimed.
 
“What ‘bout your promise to yourself an’ your family? I’d be happy to have you fight by my side, but is that what you want or would you hate yourself for not following through on what you are doin’ here? What of the promise you made to the army because of what happened to your family?.. Did you not want me to make a woman of you, so you could fight more fearlessly an’ see that other little girls don’t go through what you did?” He asked.
 
Her face fell as she silently thought for a moment.
 
“I can’t have another woman I love hate me or hate themselves. You have to ask what lets you sleep the best at night. Is your path with me or with the army? If it’s with me, you will need to follow my lead. If it’s better for me to have you guard the camp or help take care of the kids, or haul water and cook, that’s what I need you to do. You can’t demand to fight with me if I need you elsewhere. So, what do you know you have to do, down inside? What is Nova’s purpose??” He asked.
 
“C.can’t it be both?? Can’t I do this and have you too?” She asked quietly.
 
He shook his head, “Not at the same time.”
 
She sighed, “Then… then I need to finish this… I need to stay with the army for now, but… once I’m done, my contract is done and I feel my family is avenged, could we try?? I’d give myself over to whatever you want then, I promise but.. but you are right. There are some things I need to do to know I am worthy of you and that I have honored my family, before I can give myself fully to you.”
 
He nodded, “Then you have your answer on what you need to do. For us, all I can say is maybe… If you feel fulfilled, come find me an’ we will talk. I would ask you to keep yourself for me alone if you are serious…”
 
“I am serious and I will not sleep with another man, ever, until I find you again! I promise!” She interjected, cutting him off.  
 
Her face fell a bit as she thought, “ … but.. what if I am raped? … What then?”
 
 
He kissed her softly first then pulled back to stare into her eyes, “Then still come find me. If the bastard is still alive we will take him, or them, down together. If you are sick, we will get you well. If you are injured will get you healed. If you are emotionally scarred, we will work through it together, if not as lovers as friends. That I can promise you.”
 
She nodded softly and snuggled back into him.
 
“Can… can we do it again?” She asked.
 
“I’m a bit tired an’ have things to do. Not sure I have much left in the tank either.” He replied.
 
“According to Molly, you could take all three of us twice and still save a round to spray on us!” She said with a giggle.
 
“Hmph… Well, I think she’s exaggeratin’ a little, though if I wasn’t so worn thin an’ stressed out I probably could get close to that on a good day… today hasn’t been a good day.” He replied grimly.
 
“Well, we both need to clean up, so… could we shower again together and maybe try again there?” She asked.
 
He sighed and nodded, “I reckon.”
 
The woman he took to the shower with him this time was far different from the girl that came to him in the shower earlier. Once the water was warm and they were under it, she was on his knees, sucking, licking, and kissing with a passionate, unbridled vigor she had not had earlier. She managed to get him hard and once he was ready she stood and with his help lifted one leg in the air and leaned it against his chest and shoulder, facing him, as he entered her again and thrusts softly and deeply into her. While not as wild or passionate as earlier, it was soft and intimate, and she enjoyed it, even learning to match his rhythm to make the thrusts longer and deeper. She soon climaxed again and came one more time before she insisted he pull out so she could slide to her knees again and bring him to an orgasm orally. She was quickly getting better, though, even as tired as he was, she managed to make him come, and ate his load without a second thought. He knew many women that it took several times and coaching for them to do that, Valentine was among them, but with this one she did it of her own volition, and gladly so it seemed, and continued licking after as if she wanted more!  
 
He let her lick for a little while longer then pulled her up so they could wash. Once clean she leaned against him and held on tightly, not wanting their time together to end but it had to. As the water grew cool, he turned it off and they stepped out, drying each other off and kissing once more. Once done he gave her arm a slight squeeze as he nodded towards the other room.
 
“You should get some sleep. Make sure to pee first so you don’t get an infection though.” He said.
 
She nodded, “I know about that. They talk about sexual health in basic and in yearly safety trainings. I guess they expect soldiers to be promiscuous. Some are, but us wessen tend not to be as much, though we have heats to contend with… You raid so many sex-kitten dens and see what they go through and the sicknesses they get… guess it turns you off. Usually we are sent in to take care of that dirty stuff anyway, so the humans don’t have to.”
 
 
He nodded, “Yeah, its not always fair, I get that, though you have a right to be scared of that an’ should try to keep yourself… I understand why you wanted me to take you an’ I’m honored you picked me, but don’t let it make you let your guard down or accept sex too easily from other.”
 
She shook her head, “I won’t, as I’m serious about saving myself for you. My contract will be up before my twenty third birthday, and even if I needed to sign up for two or four more years, to do what I need, I’d still only be 25 or 27… That’s not too old for you, is it?”
 
He shook his head, “It isn’t, but if you find someone else who you want to give yourself too as their mate an’ you are sure they will treat you right, do not ruin your happiness for me. Just make sure you stay faithful to them, treat them right, take care of them, and help them with their goals. It’s a key to a long, happy relationship.”
 
She nodded, “I will, but I hope with you when I am ready.”
 
He nodded, “I understand… Now, I’ve got to get some things done… I’ll not wake y’all until ‘round noon, but come down when you are ready if you are up before that.”
 
She nodded and kissed him on the cheek again before trotting off to use the toilet.
 
She was not sure why she did not see to be as worn out or be as stiff as Melissa was, but a dull ach in her abdomen said she would be sore tomorrow. She did not know that her leaner, not as firm muscles were saving her, having her just walk funny for a couple days, nor that Melissa would be walking like a sailor for the next several days in comparison due to her muscular build. All she knew is she felt happy, and for the first time felt that she could do what she promised at her parents grave that she would do. She would avenge them, save others from sharing her fate, and if possible, find her sisters and save them. By the time she came out of the bathroom, Hondo already had his pants, hat, and boots on and was headed out the door with a shirt, his vest, and gun belt over his shoulder. She moved the blankets around on the bed, finding the ones they had not soiled and soon fell asleep, dreaming of him holding her again. It was the first good sleep she had in months and the first good dream since before that one bad night that changed her life forever.
 
Hondo went out into the hanger and looked around. No one stirred still. He went down to the kitchen and laid the bundle in his arms down. He was conflicted on what he had done and had to leave, to think, to rationalize or at least come to terms with what he had done, what he let himself do that night, so he threw on a pair of jeans, opting to go ‘commando’ and without socks to save time. He looked around the kitchen and swore softly as he realized he left his coffee cup upstairs. He did not want to go back up just now and potentially wake anyone or have any further conversation at the moment, so he grabbed another cup and started a fresh pot of coffee. As he waited for it to brew he kicked off his boots and pulled a pair of socks from his pocket to put on before putting his boots back on. He did not grab boxers, so he was stuck with free-balling for now, but he had done it enough times so that it did not feel too awkward. He then pulled on his shirt and tucked it in before cinching up his belt, and then donned his gun belt and vest, all before the coffee had finished brewing.  
 
Once it was brewed, he filled a cup and a thermos, before popping in another energy pill and washing it down with the scalding, bitter brew. He grimaced a bit at the temperature and huffed, cooling his tongue and throat before heading out of the hanger. Once outside he looked around quickly. The soldiers were still walking their beats and the horizon was getting grey, signaling that within an hour or so the sun would start to come up. He looked around further and saw Major Ellis leaning against the hood of his jeep. It had stopped raining, though he was not sure when exactly, but outside of a few scattered clouds overhead it looked like it was going to be a clear day. Hondo walked over to Ellis, who looked his way as he approached but did not approach him as before. He was a bit on the defensive side this morning, having nearly been bitten by the rabid cowboy earlier, and since he was not sure of Hondo’s mood, he did not want to press for a repeat performance.
 
“Ellis, everythin’ alright out here?” Hondo asked.
 
Ellis nodded, “Yes, s.s it is.” Stopping short of calling him sir again.
 
“Sorry ‘bout last night… Guess I was a bit snappy.” Hondo said.
 
“I’m sure you had your reasons.” Elis replied curtly, but did not sound like he believed it.
 
“You see, my wife, the one who was taken from me was brought back damaged as most know.” He offered up.
 
Ellis nodded, “Yes, we know and know about her .. outbursts.”
 
Hondo nodded grimly, “Yeah… I reckon everyone knows ‘bout me an’ the angry woman who drove me out of my own camper… Pretty pathetic, eh?”
 
Ellis’s eyes narrowed a bit, not sure where he was going and confused by this change of attitude. He had seen the young mouse corporal come through with the water jugs and barely a shred of cloth covering her, and from that alone he knew what must be going on upstairs. He also gave a corporal a tongue lashing and demotion for whistling at her and causing her further embarrassment, as he could only imagine this sprite of a wessen woman being coerced into pleasuring the angry cowboy, despite knowing that several of the female officers were after him for sex. He hoped she was alright still, as he was not sure what this big, angry man might could have done to a small, innocent young thing such as herself, but it was none of his business really, unless she had been forced.
 
“I guess it could be seen that way.” Elis replied after a moment.
 
Hondo nodded, “Yeah, it can be an’ was… Reckon I just thought after all we had both been through that walkin’ away an’ givin’ her space was best, at first at least. Then she said she hated me an’ I just figured it was over an’ maybe if I had space I would think more rationally. I didn’t intend to fall in love with a young wessen woman in the meantime, or to have other women flock to me, wantin’ to be with me, no sir, I did not… neither did I expect to get a call last night sayin’ that the woman I had love, who let herself go into a dark place an’ scorn me would also try to kill herself.”
 
Elis stood up quickly, “What?!”
 
Hondo nodded, “Yeah, that’s why I came marchin’ out so angry an’ barked at ya last night an’ after dealin’ with it all barked on the way back… Was sorta lost. Still am but a couple really nice ladies spent some time with me through the night an’ helped me calm down an’ collect my thoughts. I know you know they are here but that’s all I have to say, other than I treated them as well as I could, understand… But yeah, Val, my first woman, the one I thought would be my only, fell into such a state last night that she tried to kill herself… She wouldn’t talk to me ‘bout it, but just decided to end it as she did not think I could forgive her… or maybe more correctly, could not forgive herself… I.. I don’t know….. It’s not an excuse, Ellis, just an explanation…. Damned sorry for snappin’ at you… Just wasn’t in a good place myself after that.”
 
Ellis stared at him, feeling guilty all of a sudden for all the angry words he had said to him in his mind, or the thoughts of him doing bad things to those girls. He knew he half admitted to having sex with them, or at least he figured that was what he meant, but he realized he let his mind go all the wrong places. He guessed that maybe he had indulged in a little too much hero worship himself, failing to see that though the cowboy and the medic had done extraordinary things, things that few others tried and all who had tried before them had failed to do, but despite that they were still just men. Men who get tired, men who fail, men who get depressed and feel overwhelmed and angry; who deal with despair and sadness and insecurities. He was not sure if it made him respect them more or not, but he found a new respect, seeing him in this light.  The cowboy had been battered and broken down, but he did not let it stop him. He even admitted he was wrong, that he had failed, and that took strength.  
 
Ellis sighed, “No apology needed. We all have bad days, though not usually that bad. We all see you and the medic as such heros that I think sometimes we forget you have problems just like we do, if not more so because of all you do… I.. I’m sure it takes a toll on one’s mind and body, and has to be hell on relationships.”
 
Hondo nodded, “It is an’ does… I appreciate ya bein’ understandin’”
 
Hondo pulled out his pocket watch and glanced at the time in the dim light. It was a little after 4 am. The grey sky would change to a soft yellow in about an hour or so, he figured.  
 
“Well, I’ve got a lot to do today an’ have to pick up breakfast for the folks here in three hours or so, so I’d better get started.” Hondo said as he closed the watch and stuck it back into his pocket.
 
Ellis nodded, “Understand… If you need a hand, let us know, otherwise we will have crew change around 700 hours. Sargent Shanks is off today, as is her squad, so I believe Sargent Quartermain, That is Piper Quartermain and her squad will be here during the day. I will try to stick around to introduce you, if you are not here at the time.”
 
Hondo nodded, “I appreciate it, but don’t wait for me. Molly an’ Marvin are my seconds in command here, with Karl, Maggie, an’ Tonya bein’ behind them. If they are ‘round, set up introductions with them an’ I’ll make myself known when I get back. I’ve got vehicle to check, food to stow, tanks to fill, parts to load, have a meetin’ with some bee keeper, an’ need to stop by to see Donaldson again to see ‘bout a last minute fuel tank addition to a truck, so not sure when I’ll be ‘round.”
 
Ellis nodded, “I understand. If you need any help, talk to Captain O’Reilly, as I am sure he can get you some extra help.”
 
“Much obliged. I’ll see how things go this mornin’ here. Gonna get my Bronco squared away for now… I’ll talk at y’later, Ellis.” Hondo said with a wave as he headed off to the bronco.
 
“Yes, later, sir.” He replied, slipping on the sir, but noticing he did not stop to correct him this time.  
 
Hondo walked to the Bronco and opened all the doors and the rear tailgate, taking note of what was inside and what space he had, before he went about cleaning, organizing, and sorting what he had.
Back to top
 
 

Well the cowboy, like the red man, you had to leave your land
You can't raise your stock and plant your crop in the gumbo and the sand
Greed disguised as progress has put us to the test
They won't be glad until we're gone from our home out in the west
It's sad to see those good old days replaced with greed and doubt
Soon we'll leave the country, the campfire has gone out
Bid 'em all adieu, you can't turn the world about
The cowboy left the country, the campfire has gone out
View Profile WWW   IP Logged
Fernando
YaBB Administrator
*****
NY City




Posts: 2380
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2933 - Aug 7th, 2023, 1:44pm
 
Fernando goes into his Dub Box Camper and after taking off his jacket and placing it on the sink/counter, sets up the bed inside with a pillow and blanket. Though he tries to walk about the place as softly as possible and the ‘Third Wheel’ is down to stabilize the parked Dub Box Camper, his weight shifts the Dub Box and thus jostles the electric camper. In a couple minutes there is a knock on the Dub Box door. He goes over to the door and opens it, finding Ichigo there in just her minimal sleep attire of t-shirt and panties. He just scowls at her for a moment.
 
Ichigo looks up at him for a moment before going by him and into the Dub Box. Seeing the bed in the bed being set up, she goes to it and gets on it. She sits up on the middle of it facing him, slowing going into the prepared blankets.
 
Fernando slowly closes the door and locks it.
 
He says in an annoying tone, “Why you came here?”
 
“Since the Bus camper was moving from the Dub Box moving, I figure you had to be here. Since you are here, I do not want to be with those two Bunny Girls, so I came here.” Ichigo explains.
 
Fernando sits on the edge of the bed, taking off his boots and sox, placing them by the foot of the bed. He gets up and his shirt and pants were next to come off, folding and placing them on the nearby seats. His T-shirt follows next.
 
Ichigo crawls through the blankets to the other side and sits leaning against him.
 
“You OK?” She asks.
 
“Where’s Naya?” He asks.
 
“She’s in the electric camper in the bed you made her with the bunny girls.” Ichigo says.
 
“She can stay there then.” He says. He then adds, “And what about you?”
 
“I need you nearby me in order to protect me.” She tells him.
 
“You also want me to pin you down on what bed we sleep on and have my sexual ways with you.” He sneers at her.
 
“I’ll admit that I do but I know it is up to you and you are going through a lot, not just with me, but with everyone.” She replies as she leans further into him and puts an arm around him.
 
“Fight Town was easy compared to this place.” Fernando says.
 
“You only saved one from Fight Town and that was me.” Ichigo says.
 
“We had to fight to rescue Val, and if it were not for Maggie, we may not have found her, and we lost James on top of that.” Fernando tells her angrily.
 
“I did not mean it that way. I meant that you done so much here in helping those in need, rescued those needing an escape from their situation, helped those poor kids when they had nothing, not even hope. This place has been a drain of resources – financial, physical and emotional ones.” She tries to explain.
 
“I rather not talk about it.” He tells her.
 
Ichigo lets out a sigh. She then gets up on her knees before getting back under the blanket and back to where the pillows are set. Fernando sits for a while longer before getting up and turns off the light to the Dub Box Camper. He looks at the control panel of the Dub Box Electronics, disconnecting the Solar Panels to the battery for the night before going back to the bed.
 
He sits there for a couple minutes before there was a loud knocking on the electric camper door, and voices that sounds like General Jastrey and a couple of her higher officers. He gets up, gets his cane and uses it to get his clothes back on in an instant. He turns to Ichigo for a moment, “Don’t move, say or do anything. I’ll be back.”
 
Ichigo silently nods before she goes under the blanket to hide. Fernando steps out of his Dub Box, closing and locking the door behind him.
 
He looks at General Jastrey with her fellow officers, one of them being the asshole Major Moynihan and another being the Elder Biker Gang Leader.
 
“There better be a damn good reason for you to be interrupting my rest.” Fernando tells them.
 
“I need everyone in charge to be assembled for an impromptu meeting right now.” General Jastrey says to him.
 
Fernando scowls at her for the moment before growling at her, “And this could not wait until morning because...?”
 
The Elder Gang Leader steps up Fernando and pokes him in the chest with each word, “Because I and my people are now part of this army and I out rank you.”
 
Fernando just stares at him for the moment before saying, “You done?”
 
“No I Am Not Done.” The Elder Leader says while poking his finger to Fernando chest. On the last word, he tries to push him away but Fernando grabs his finger and twists it back, making the Elder Leader gets on his knees.
 
Fernando growls loudly at him, “Now That I Have Your Attention, You Better Understand The Following: Number One, My Rank is Colonel and my Right Hand Man is Ranked as Major- Colonel, making us second and third in command of this army. You would not be ranked higher than her highest officer in attendance – which would be Major Moynihan. Therefore You Do Not Outrank Me. Number Two, My Orders which I convey to General Jastrey comes from the office of the President himself, which is why I am going thousands of miles across the country. You sir are to work with General Jastrey and allow people like me to do our job and help keep the peace. Anyone Interfering With My Job Will Find Themselves In A Box Being Buried Into The Ground. Number Three, Your Hatred Of Wessens End Here And Now. You Will Be Working With Them, You Will Be Eating And Sleeping With Them, As The Army Works With The People It Has – Human And Wessens. If You Want To Be Safe Around Wessens While Out In The Field, You Better Make Friends With Them Soon, Or Else Some Furball You Insulted Will Put A Bullet To Your Head And The Heads Of Those In Your Charge. Now Do I Many Myself Clear?!!”
 
The Elder Leader nods and pleads loudly before Fernando lets him go.
 
Fernando tells him, “Now I am not going to tell you how to work your men or override what orders you gave them unless it is an emergency. Furthermore you are not going to tell my people to go against my orders without talking to me first and I decide on what to do.” He then turns to General Jastrey and the Major, “With that being said, whatever else needs to be said, can wait until morning. The convoy will be preparing to leave by 1800 hours to go to the next town, 2000 the latest. Most of my day will be dealing with that preparation. Part of that will be meeting with you to deal with the kids, who are great to deal will and are will to learn and work. I recommend having a kid army with the Wessen Militia to help out with the things this town needs. I recommend that this new entry to the corps to patrol the highways, and while the trains is being reconnected, to also work with the rail crews to protect them; you know how idiots want to destroy things that they cannot control or own.”
 
“1800...” General Jastrey says to herself. She then says, “We’ll be in touch.”
 
Fernando nods at her before tapping his cane against the Gang Leader’s chest, “If I find out some Wessen Man, Woman, Or Child get hurt by anyone of your people, I will be back to kill them first before I kill you.” He turns to the General and Major, “You ladies have a good night. Unless it is an Emergency, any business that needs to be done can wait until morning.”
 
“Good night then, Fernando. I’ll be seeing you in the morning.” General Jastrey tells him before gathering her people and walking away.
 
Fernando waits for them to walk away before opening the door to the Dub Box. He sticks his head into the Dub Box, “I have to step out for a moment but I will be back in a few minutes. Do not open the door for anyone, I’m going to lock it.”
 
A muffled “OK.” is heard from under the blankets.  
 
He then walks to the electric camper and opens the sliding door partly, sticking his head in.
 
“I need to step out of the area but will be back in a few minutes. The doors will be locked, do not open the doors for anyone.” He says inside the camper.
 
Mae is heard saying “OK. See you when you return...”
 
Fernando slides the door and locks it. He then walks to the back of the Dub Box. Spinning the crystal on his cane, he then presses the crystal on the cane and disappears in a bright flash of light.
 
[Just outside Mad Moon Dog Maddie’s restaurant]
 
A bright flash of light appears for less than a second before Fernando walks to the door. He opens it and walks into the restaurant, heading to the counter space.
 
Maddie walks up to him, “How can I help you tonight?”
 
Fernando looks up at her from his seat, “I do not know what the army ordered, but I need to make two large orders. One for breakfast, the other for dinner; around 5oclock in the afternoon pick-up time.”
 
“We should be able to do that. What shall it be?” Maddie asks.
 
Fernando begins his order “For breakfast: 60 sandwiches: 30 vegetarian salad sandwiches and 30 egg, meat and cheese sandwiches. 10 large oatmeal bowls. And for dinner: 60 sandwiches: 30 vegetarian salad sandwiches and 30 Roast Beast and cheese, and 5 large bowls of vegetarian soup and 5 large bowls of beef soup. How much for all that?” Fernando asks.
 
 “Let’s see...  120 sandwiches, 10 large bowls of oatmeal, 5 large bowls of vegetarian soup and 5 large bowls of beef soup... about $800 for everything.” Maddie writes the order down and then gives a price.
 
Fernando puts two $500 gold coins on the table. “Keep the change. I’ll be around 6AM to pick up the breakfast and at 5 in the afternoon to pick up the dinner.”
 
Maddie looks at the coins and nods, “Thank you!”
 
“No, thank you. Without you, my people would be starving. See you in the morning.” Fernando tells her before he walks away.
 
Once outside he spins the crystal on his cane and presses on it, teleporting himself to the convoy camp behind the Dub Box with a bright flash of light. He walks over to the electric camper, opening the sliding door partly.
 
“I’m back but I’ll be outside patrolling with the army. You ladies rest and sleep. Tomorrow is a long day.” He tells the girls inside his camper.
 
“OK.” Mae says as she and June gather the blankets.
 
“What about Maria?” Naya asks.
 
“Who’s Maria?” June asks from the bed.
 
“That other girl that was here.” Naya tries to explain.
 
“She will be with me for tonight, in fact she will be the general doing some work for her.” Fernando explains.
 
“Oh.” June says.
 
Mae asks, “But what about… she was only wearing a t-shirt and panties!”
 
“She got some clothes from the Dub Box Camper and has my other jacket and hat on.” Fernando tells her.
 
“Oh.” Mae replies. She then asks, “What is she doing?”
 
“We’re leaving to go to the next town tomorrow afternoon or evening after dinner is given out. Everyone will eat while on the way to the next town. She will be with General Jastrey going over the map for the safest way to get there. And then she will tell me and I review the map. But we got a long day tomorrow, so rest up and you and Kiah should take it easy as you two will be doing the driving when we leave and it is a long drive.” Fernando explains.
 
“OK.” Mae replies.
 
“Good night.” Fernando says, keeping the door open for a second.
 
The girls reply with their “Good night” before Fernando closes and lock the door. He walks back to the Dub Box camper, opens the door and steps inside, closing and locking the door before sitting down on the bed. It only takes a minute for him to get his clothes off, folded and put away. He sits back down on the bed where Ichigo crawls out from underneath the blankets and kneels next to him.
 
“Everything alright?” She asks.
 
“If it were, we would not be here.” He says.
 
“Can I ask, where did you go?” She asks.
 
“General Jastrey made some sort of deal with the Bike Gang leader for one. And I went to get Maddie to make us some food for tomorrow so the women here have to do little to cook and feed us, just serve it and that’s it. If anything they can make the juice from the powder I gave Ruth. The only think we would need is lunch but I think we can get the army to do something or I can talk Steven at the Asian restaurant to make something for us.”
 
“Talk to Steven, not that I trust the Army. It’s better to get what the army has when there is nothing else left.” She says to him.
 
“We won’t be seeing them for a few days at least, that is if we wait for them to arrive where we are. It takes them two days for every one day we travel. The convoy is as fast as our slowest vehicle, they would be driving tanks, making them very slow to get anywhere. We can wait for them at the next town, and we act as their intel gathering team.” He explains.
 
“Well, they are supposed to be with us until we get to No Man’s Land.” She points out.
 
“I told you that if you know anything about the future, not to say anything about it. The future is not cut out in stone, and knowing it can change it. It is best left alone.” He tells her.
 
“I thought...” She began to say.
 
“That is where you are wrong. You do not think. You react because you think you know when you don’t. Anything involving time, history or the future, you leave alone.” He interrupts and tells her.
 
Ichigo remains quiet for the moment.
 
He tells her, “Go to bed. I gotta open a couple of windows so we do not suffocate in here. Like the camper, it will get cold in here but you know what has to be done.”
 
Ichigo nods before crawling under the blankets and coming out the other end where the pillows are at. Fernando gets up and opens the Dub Box windows a bit and pops up the camper’s top to allow air to flow inside though it would lower the temperature inside the Dub Box like it does on the Electric Camper. With enough blankets it can be very warm. Naya has her layers of blankets and sleeping bags keep her warm along with some padding to protect against metal floor of the Electric bus; Mae and June have the bed, the layers of blankets and themselves to keep warm. In the Dub Box camper Ichigo has the bed, layers of blankets and Fernando to keep her warm. Though the air inside the Dub Box was being freshened with the windows being slightly open, the inside was getting cold.
 
Fernando then sits on the edge of the bed for a couple of minutes. Ichigo sits up on the far end of the bed where the pillows were.
 
“You coming to bed?” She asks.
 
“Eventually.” He replies.
 
“Oh...” She replies.
 
“Just lie down and go to sleep. I’ll be there in a bit.” He tells her.
 
“OK.” She replies before lying down on her side on the bed and pulling the blankets over her shoulder.
 
When sleeping Fernando usually tries to take the right side of the bed but Macey or Ichigo (rarely) tries to take the space on the right side to get their back to his front, taking his arm and putting it around them. He does not like it when it happens, and lying on his back end up with one of them (usually Macey) straddling him. He goes onto the bed, pulling the blanket over him as he lies on his back behind her and stare at the ceiling. A few seconds passes with Ichigo getting up and turns to face him.
 
“Everything alright?” She asks, waiting for him to answer first before getting on him and straddling him.
 
“I’m just tired.” He tells her, “can’t wait to be getting out of this misbegotten place.”
 
Ichigo climbs up onto him, straddling her legs across him and positioning herself to have her groin against his before extending her arms to hold herself above him. She says to him, “I know you told me not to tell you anything that ‘you’ told me long ago, but I have to say this...”
 
“Ichi – don’t.” He interrupts her.
 
“No, it’s OK. Besides, I won’t give details.” She says to him. He lets out a sigh before she continues, “Things will get better once we get out of here but things will be just as bad if not worst in some places. We will help many more people and rescue that girl the supposed group leader is looking for. And as far as you and I are concerned, things will be sexual between us.”
 
“I said no details.” He tells her.
 
“I did not say when or where it would happen.” She replies.
 
“Saying that it will happen eventually is details I do not want to know.” He tells her.
 
“But...” She stammers out but becomes silent for a moment. She then rests her head on his chest, saying to herself, “It does not matter how, where or when it happens, it is still ends up with the same results.”
 
Fernando heard this, obviously. He replies with “If it happens here and now, or even a couple days ago, and those biker idiots finds out, because they would find out from us acting closer together than expected, they will target you in order to get me. They tried to take Macey, and they tried to take Minerva, by ‘they’ it is not just the Biker Gang, but everyone else – Hector, the Lizard People, the Wessen army, everyone. I can’t save everyone, it would be worst if they started to go after you to get to me – never mind the million dollar reward on your ass Fight Town is offering. We being closer than we actually are will make you a bigger target. If Val had not #$@!ed up, and this Biker Gang never showed up, I would have Macey here with us. Minerva might even be there with us as well. But they – everyone from the Biker Gang to Hector’s Wessen Army, would and have gone after them to get to me.”
 
“They are not after you, but after to stop you from changing their way of life. If you never showed up when you did, I would still be setting up death matches with those pretending to be you. Macey would be working at her mother’s sex house, and much of those in the convoy would be sold as slaves or converted into Wessens. Jastrey’s Army would still be chicken shit wanna bees and scared of Lord Biggus and his rag tag purging slaver army. You would have a hard time going from town to town, and that woman who is supposed to be the convoy would have traded you in for spirit help to rescue one person compared to the many you do.”  Ichigo explains.
 
“Really? I don’t care.” He says to her. He adds “You cannot rescue one person to save the world. Time does not allow events to be changed when the elements within the events change. Shit is going to happen no matter what. How much shit depends on many things. In the end this world is #$@!ed no matter what one does.”
 
“No matter how you think or feel, you are the hope this world needs. Or at least for me it is.” She tells him.
 
“Your only hope of me is to pin you down on this bed and having my penis bang that tight little people vagina you have.” He tells her.
 
“It’s not the most important thing I need, as I need you to protect me from those wanting Fight Town’s reward has on me. But it would be nice to be sexual and intimate with somebody who cares about me. Any girl can go dick from anyone, whether it comes from a human person or a Wessen, but like you told me long ago before we did it ‘one can have sex without love, love without sex, sex with love and love with sex. Which one we have depends on us, but here and now, the time before the match, what we are going to have is sex without love.’ I took it as such because I was doing my job but for me it was sex with love from my end because I fell for you back then and the time we had together those days. And like now, you protected me from getting killed like the Event Manager and a couple of other Bunny Girls were killed back then who were with him though you did save a few other bunny girls at that time. I became Event Manager after you left. Since then there were many who came pretending to be you to try to take your money, and I had to test them as I tested you. They all failed, and many died fighting the Lich. But you, you passed my tests and defeated the Lich, only one person could do that, and you are him. I know you are not and yet you are him because how the spirits interfered and brought you here before you had that fight, but he was aware of that. Knowing all that and where we are now, what happens between us is what we do for us, even if others are involved. You own me, not as a wife or a child but as your slave. In that I’ll do what can for you, anything. Anything that is that does not expose me to dangers of being taken away by another.”
 
“HMPH... Anything. I wonder what fantasies you have in your little head you would want fulfilled.” He says.
 
“I’m willing to do and be anything you want me to.” She says, trying to look innocent though that makes her look younger than her apparent visual age or 12 or so; despite the darkness inside the camper, she sounded just as young instead of the 30-something she actually is.
 
“You need to stop that – pretending to be a little girl in a sexual sense. Outside if I have to take you out, you are my daughter Maria in order to protect you, but here in bed, I’m not into little girls or father daughter sexual relationships.” He tells her.
 
“I know that all guys are into young girls, which is why every guy out there tried to chase me thinking I’m some young teen kid. Even you, for you even told me what I already know and that I should not push that with you.” She tells him.
 
“You need to stop being Lilith and be more like Eve, as you do not want to stir up what evil lies in the hearts of men. The kinder and nicer the man is to you, the deeper the level of hell he can put you through. If you’re one of those bitches that think you can control a man through your sex or through what drama you can put him through, it will be I that drag your ass back to Fight Town and claim that reward for it. I’m trying to be nice, even to you in order to have a stress free and drama free life as possible in this god forsaken world because I would like to be able to get into a bed and go to sleep in peace and that no one out there would try to break into my home and kill me in my sleep.” He tells her.
 
She looks down at him in the dark before she asks “Seriously, though, would you want to fulfill one of my fantasies if I ask?”
 
“That depends on where, when and how much trust we have with each other, which right now there is little between us but to be honest with you it is building up. Now, what kind of fantasy would you want to fulfill with me?” He says and asks.
 
“Ain’t  it obvious?” She asks.
 
“Tell me. I can be very oblivious to the world at times.” He replies.
 
“Alright. Because of my size and what age I appear to be, the fantasy is to be that little teen girl loli to a guy like you. It may take a long time, as we can go bit by bit to build up a relationship or young girl and older adult guy, and other times, just take me as I am and do me lovely as the little girl I am. I mean, I do not mean anything bad by it, and I do not want to push you into anger but it is the nature of what I am. Some things can’t be helped.” She tries to explain.
 
“Well, like I said, you need to pretend to be my daughter when we go out like we did when we went out to that store a couple days ago. Where or how you take it as such to build up for your fantasy is on you.” He tells her.
 
She smiles a bit, whether or not he could see her in the dark remains to be seen. She then lowers herself onto him, guessing where his head would be and manages to put her lips against his. It is just her lips pressing against his but it something she has not done in a very long time. After a few seconds she pushes herself off him, looking down at him.
 
“If I am going to be your daughter when we’re outside, does that make you my daddy?” She teases in a voice between her natural voice and a young teen’s voice.
 
“It only applies when we are outside. Until then you need to behave yourself around me, daddy or not.” He tells her.
 
“Aww... I thought we could have some daughter -  daddy fun.” She teases.
 
“Ichigo. You some sort of some weird father #$@!er?” He asks seriously.
 
“It’s only in role play and fulfilling fantasies.” She tries to explain in her normal voice.
 
“So, if I put a leash and collar about your neck, you going to take part in some pet role play?” He asks.
 
“Pet role play?” She asks.
 
“Yes, I put a collar on you, and you act like an animal pet, whether it is a cat, dog, sheep, whatever.” He explains.
 
“Is there sex in that?” She asks.
 
“To some, there is. To others, it is a form of control to get off on, like Dominance and Subservience, in an extreme, Sadism and Masochism. Some people just like pain, whether giving it or receiving it.” He explains.
 
“Oh.” She replies, adding, “I heard of some of that with the Chem Heads in some of the sex houses in Fight Town. But Pet Play, that is a new one for me... although I heard of some people pretending to be Wessens, and Wessens being collared for control and money for sex although I heard of some of those sex houses where girls have sex with dogs, sheep, horses and other animals; having sex with a Wessens would be no different.”
 
“Well, before the Spirits messed up this world, and there were no Wessens, people pretended to be animals for pet play. But Wessens are people – humans like us. It is that the Spirits messed up their DNA – their structure and make up to try to turn them and eventually all of us as animals to control humanity. Minerva and her twin and even Naya – they are more human than animal as their grandparents were the original Wessens, and humans bred with them to make them more human, but they are still part animal. The truth is, humans are still animal and breeding with a Wessen to make it human will not work as the animal side is more expressed in their structure. But they are still human.” Fernando explains.
 
“And us?” Ichigo asks.
 
“You tell me.  Your daddy daughter fantasy will be partially lived out in you being my daughter when we go out in order to protect you. But for us to take it to the level you want is going to take a lot of trust that is not there right now but might be in the future.” He tells her.
 
“I see.” She replies. She then adds, “What about adult and loli fantasy?”
 
“Like the daughter daddy fantasy, that will remain to be seen as a lot of trust is needed for that.” He tells her.
 
There is a silence between them for a while, making him add, “Look. It’s not you, it’s me.  I’ve been through a lot, and had some woman I trusted to burn me and try to destroy the person I am and take everything I own. Because of her I do not trust others as I once did. It’s going to take me time to get over that.”
 
“I do not know how it was before the Chaos but women today are under control of their husbands and fathers. It is rare to find a woman in charge as this is a ‘Man’s World.’” She says to him. She thinks for a moment before saying “You do not have to love me, but you do own me. If you have a need for sex, you don’t have to love me to have it from me. I’ll give you what you want and need without question like in that match with the Lich you had years ago, sex without love though for me there was love in it for you because I wanted you to win. Today is no different from then except for the time and place.”
 
“Then you better understand one thing, daddy daughter or not, adult and loli or not, is that I am stressed out and have a headache. I may want to take you and pin you down and #$@! your brains out but I am tired from dealing with this headache and I need my rest. Time Walker or not, I am still human, I am still a man, and have faults and problems like any other. Now is not the time for me to demand that from you but it will be soon enough. Where and when I do not know but I do know it is not here and now. Accept that.” He tells her.
 
Ichigo stays there for a moment taking in what he had said.
 


Escape from Junk Town.
 
[Around 10:30PM]
Days of planning and gathering has come down to this. The engine works and the tricycle can go at least on its lowest gear. It is able to tow the teardrop camper and there are supplies of food and water for a few days between him and his companion. Fuel supply is enough to go at least to pass the next few towns, about 250 miles, and the radio and tools he stole from the electronics and mechanics rooms that he swapped with units he found on the pile seems to work. He has memorized the roads of the area and plotted out a possible means of escape from behind the piles with a map he stole from the master’s office, folded into his right rear pocket. He hopes that his weapons will work when needed, the pocket watch and ball compass he found on a derelict pick-up truck he found in the pile works and the $372 in old-world money he has in his wallet is enough for the ride. The $300 in slave cash he has was useless to him and he knew it.
 
Francisco must wait until things start to die down at night before making his escape with Maria. It is just a matter of getting Maria, go to the hidden workshop and drive into the night. 10o’clock arrives and he sneaks out into the night, but as he has done this so many times in the past, anyone who sees him pay him no mind. “There goes Francisco again” they would probably say and then ignore him. As the usual night patrols walk about the dorm area, Francisco makes his way to the Woman’s Dorms. Though the guards do not care, they also ignore couples sneaking about on secret dates as they too are in on it. Maria has been hiding outside the dorm building waiting for Francisco to come.
 
Francisco approaches the women’s dorm building, seeing somebody hiding in the shadows behind it, wondering if it is Maria, one of the guards or somebody else. He does not say a word until he was absolutely sure that it was Maria. He takes a chance once he gets within 30 feet from her.
 
“Maria, is that you?” He calls to her.
 
The figure in the shadow turns to him and runs quickly the few steps that separate them, as it was Maria. Though she tries to be quiet, she lets out “Franci*-!” before Francisco covers her mouth.
 
He talks softly to her, “Keep it quiet.” Before he lets go of her mouth and she then nods. He asks, “You got everything you need?” She just nods as she hefts up a cloth pillow bag of her personal items for him to see. He tells her, “Good. Now let’s get out of here...”
 
He takes her by the wrist and leads her out of the area, heading into the piles to the back of the junk field, staying under the shadows as best as he can until they get to an area not covered by the guards. From there it was easy to get to the workshop where he had his tricycle and mini camper stored. They go to the camper to throw Maria’s things in, opening the door.
 
“Hey!” somebody inside lets out and they were not alone as somebody else was in the camper with them. Maria and Francisco immediately identify them as Tamara and Darlene, both a water-girls with Maria though Tamara has been the Mine Master’s Service girl for some time. Tamara has always been a nosey one getting to everybody’s business.
 
“You two need to get out!” Francisco tells them.
 
“Oh no! You are taking us with you! If not, we will tell the master you two escaped!” Tamara tells him.
 
“I swear. Cause me any trouble, and I’m leaving you behind!” Francisco tells her before taking Maria’s bag and throws it into the camper and slamming the door closed. He then packs a few last-minute items into the back storage area of the tricycle, a large knife he found in the pile which he cleaned up and sharpened strapped to his side, helps Maria onto the rear seat of the tricycle and helps her put on a white full-face helmet he had found and cleaned up in the pile and covers her with a work blanket he stole from the workshops. He then puts on a white full-face helmet for himself before turning on the tricycle and rolls it out of the hidden workshop. He stops outside of the workshop, taking one of his rockets and launching it towards the blimp. Though he did not expect that it would hit its target, the rocket lands on top of the blimp, smoldering on its shaped wrapping before the Magnesium he used from some flares he had recycled into the rocket as its fuel ignites into flames. No one saw the rocket fly overhead but soon there was panic when the blimp bursts into flames and slowly falls onto the ground, setting everything around it on fire. He then turns around and launches another rocket into the hidden workshop where it smolders against some combustible materials. A couple of more launched rockets into random files, the place begin to rage in small flames. He was leaving the area of the piles and on the back roads before he gets on the highway as it bursts into flames and starts to spread to the other piles.



 
[Midnight to 7:30AM – Heading North by North East on Utah Highway]
 
Once on the road he turns on his radio, hearing the panic and calls for help as the place burns behind them. The speedometer needle on the tricycle wobbles about the 30mph area and he continues down the center of the road for the next couple of hours where it is the clearest part of the road. Though it is dark, his sense of direction tells him to go north by northeast, following the road to a highway until day light and ignoring all the wrecks by the side of the road which could have contained fuel, money, food or other valuables. It’s been a long 7 hour / 200 mile ride as he pulls into a small town’s fuel station, letting the tricycle idle as he waits by a filling pump. He searches himself for a moment before taking out a wallet with some old-world money that he has gathered within the piles. A middle-aged man in his late 40s wearing mechanics overalls comes out.
 
“What can I do for ya?” The man asks.
 
Francisco takes the gas cap off the gas tank in front of him, “Filler her up. How much, as she don’t take much.”
 
“That be $10.” The old man says as he eyes Francisco, his ride, his camper and his companion in the rear seat. He then asks as he fills up the tank, “Where you are heading?”
 
“Up North nearby Kanada. Got family there, Grandpa is dying and wants us all to be there before he goes to the shiny gates of heaven.” Francisco tells him a made-up story, one that he will stick with. Getting the old man’s attention, he decides to confuse him further as he points to his CB Radio, “Were you up last night? I heard a loud explosion and a large glow over the horizon and a lot of calls for help on the chatter box.”
 
“I do not know. I will have to go into town and ask. They would probably know what’s going on.” The gas station worker says before putting away his hose. Francisco put on the gas cap to the gas tank, before seeing the old man put out his hand. He takes it and vigorously shakes it.
 
“How long to town?” as Francisco vigorously shakes the man’s hand and with his other hand holds onto the guy’s shoulder, something he seen master do when he is trying to distract a buyer or sell at the junk yard.
 
The man points down the highway, saying “About 5 miles that way. Can’t miss it.” What he was describing was a small town of a few buildings and a general store, a place so small, blink at the wrong time one would miss it.
 
Francisco continues to shake his hand hard before he pats him on the shoulder.
 
The gas station attendant complains, “Wait a minute, what about my money?”
 
Francisco looks at his wallet thinking about something else he seen the master done to buyers and sellers at the yard, partly pulling out a $5 only showing its corner. He then asks, “Say, you got two tens for a five?”
 
Confused the old man says, “Yeah, I think so.” He then pulls out a wad of old-world money bills. He pulls out a couple of tens from the wad and holds it to exchange for the five. Francisco makes the quick exchange and was about to pocket newly gained his money. But the old man complains, “What about my ten dollars for the gas?”
 
Francisco lets out a slight laugh, saying, “Alright you got me.” He hands him one of the tens he just had exchanged. He then puts away his wallet with the other ten inside and sits on his tricycle, revving the engine a couple of times, “Nice doing business with ya!”
 
The old man nods and waves before Francisco starts to pull away from the station, for the moment unaware as to what had transpired. Francisco was long gone from view when he realizes that he was suckered out of some money.
 
The radio has been silent for most of the ride, making him wonder if it is broken. But once in a while a voice would come on asking for road conditions and other information which he does not answer but rather listen. Somebody does answer with road and weather conditions, giving him more information as to what may lie ahead.
Back to top
 
« Last Edit: Aug 8th, 2023, 6:20pm by Fernando »  
View Profile   IP Logged
Fernando
YaBB Administrator
*****
NY City




Posts: 2380
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2934 - Aug 17th, 2023, 5:24pm
 
It is about 10:30PM and the temperature is dropping about the camp site. Whether it is natural or Elsa’s action remains to be seen. But for now, the girls in and Electric Camper and Fernando and Ichigo in the Dub Box huddle up within the layers of their blankets for warmth as they go to sleep.  Fernando did not have a choice of where and how he would sleep with Ichigo straddling him as she goes into slumber land. He forces himself to sleep, which in the end just will tire him out faster during the day.
 
Fernando wakes up at 5AM, needing to get Ichigo off him so he can get dressed and gather the breakfast from Maddie’s place. He wanted not to wake her up but it was taking too long, so he wakes her with a slap to her ass.
 
“OW!” She lets out as she wakes up.
 
He lifts her up off him and puts her to the side of him still under the blankets and tells her, “You got an hour to get yourself and the Bunny girls together to serve breakfast to those in the convoy while I go get breakfast from Maddie’s place and hand out half to Hondo’s hanger and we get the other half here. Do I make myself clear on that?”  
 
“Yeah...” Ichigo replies as she rubs the rump of her rear end he slapped.
 
“So get dressed.” He tells her.
 
“I came here with just my t-shirt and panties last night. Or did you forget?” She tells him.
 
“I did not forget.” He tells her as he pulls up his pants and then goes to the cushion of the bench closest to the door. Lifting up the cushion, he opens the storage box inside and pulls out a pair of sweat pants, a hooded sweat shirt and a pair of sweat sox for her to put on, tossing them to her, “Try those on. If they fit, consider them yours.”
 
She nods though annoyed at the situation. Together they put on their clothes, though Fernando had a lot more to put on he finishes getting dressed before she does, she had spent too much time looking them over to see how they go on. He sits on the bed next to her as she puts on the sweat pants with both legs at the same time.  
 
“It’s much easier to put them on one leg at a time.” He comments.
 
“I’m used to panties and skirts.”  As she pulls the sweatpants to her waist. Eventually she finds and takes the draw strings of the sweatpants, pulls on them and ties them up. The hooded sweatshirt was east to deal with for her. Fernando takes the sweat sox and hands them to her one at a time. She complains, “I know how to dress myself.”
 
“Well hurry up. I do not have the time to be wasting.” He tells her.
 
She lifts up both legs and tells him “I’m done.”
 
He grabs her by the ankles, pulling the sweatpants out of the sweat sox she had over the pants legs, and then pulling them down over the sox. “There, now you’re done.” He tells her. She just looks at him, not sure what to say but he throws in, “Sox goes inside the pants, not the outside.”
 
They look at each other for a while before he tells her, “Get on my back.”
 
“Why?” She asks.
 
“One – I don’t want you to get the sox dirty for one and the floor is very cold for two.” He tells her.
 
She thinks about it for a while before crawling over behind him on the bed and then pounces on his back, wrapping her arms around his neck and her legs around his waist, holding on tightly before letting out a loud “Daddy!” like some little girl.
 
“Calm yourself down with that first of all.” He tells her. He then adds, “I’m taking you to the camper bus. You are to get dressed or you can stay like that and just put on some shoes and get the bunny girls ready to work with Val and Ruth to distribute the breakfast by 6AM. They need to get their ride and camper set up to go out tonight, and there will be a couple of meetings during the day. And tell Ruth and Val to set up coffee or some juice drink from the juice powder I gave Ruth and that I would like to speak to them about lunch and dinner as we will be leaving this later afternoon. Tell them nothing more. And Naya can stay in the camper with you as you are going to watch her while I am gone so the Wessen Hater Gang does not see her.”
 
“OK, I’ll get that done for you.” Ichigo replies.
 
“Alright, hold on...” He tells her, stepping to the Dub Box door. He opens the door and steps outside. The door closes by itself as he walks to his electric camper. He slides the sliding door half way open before leaning in and let Ichigo to step inside. He tells her, “Don’t forgot what I told you.”
 
“I won’t.” Ichigo says before he closes the door. She turns to the girls in the camper “You ladies need to get up and wash your faces and get dressed. Fernando is going to get our breakfast to give to Val and Ruth for us to give out to those in the convoy camp. We need to get coffee and juice ready for the camp. Naya, you are to stay here with me until further notice so the Wessen Hater Gang does not take you. When done you are to check out your vehicle and campers as we will be leaving this evening as there will be meetings about it today. Now let’s go, we need to be ready before Fernando returns with breakfast.”
 
Mae grumbles, “It’s too early in the morning for this...”
 
 
Outside Fernando walks over to the teen's dunebuggy with Lisa, her dogs, Alice, Jordan and Francis walk over to him.
 
“Hey Mister Fernando, everything OK?” Lisa says as they approach him.
 
He turns to face them, “Everything is fine. I need to speak to you all later, but first, this is the boy’s buggy?”  
 
“Yeah.” Jordan says.
 
“I need to borrow it and one guy and one girl to come with me to Maddie’s place to pick up breakfast from her and give half out to Hondo’s group hiding in the hanger and bring the rest here.” Fernando explains before releasing the brake and putting the car in neutral.
 
As they walk to where the Camper Tow Hitch was, Alice and Jordan volunteer. Fernando unlocks the Tow hitch, lifts up the trailer to clear the hitch and pushes the buggy out of the hitch before setting the trailer down onto its resting tow hitch leg. He then looks at them.
 
Fernando tells them, “Around 9o’clock I need to see all of you teens and a few others at Hondo’s Hanger for a meeting. It is just about preparing to leave before nightfall today. I’ll gather you all before leaving to Hondo’s hanger.”
 
“We will all be there.” Lisa replies.
 
“Good.” Fernando replies before adding, “Alice, Jordan, into the buggy, we’re going to pick up breakfast. Lisa, Francis, hold down the camp until I return.”
 
They all nod before going out in their separate directions with Alice and Jordan entering the buggy. Fernando walks to buggy’s front, lifts it up and pulls out the front from going against the Bunny Girls’ camper. He gets into the driver’s seat of the buggy and slowly drives out of the convoy parking area. Once passing the Blimp parking area, he goes around lot to the left and goes through the grassy field until he gets back on the road on the East side of town and then South once on the main road there. He gets to Maddie’s place in a few minutes.
 
After locking up the car, they walk into Maddie’s restaurant, taking a seat by the counter. Maddie comes out of the kitchen area, seeing Fernando and the teens with him have arrived.
 
“We are almost done with your order! Just packing things up for you!” Maddie says as she puts a few items into a large paper bag. Her cook comes out to add other things to another bag. In a few short minutes the bags are placed onto the counter in front of Fernando.
 
Fernando puts a $100 gold coin on the counter, “That should cover for breakfast. I will return for dinner around 6PM and pay for that as well.” He pulls out his receipt and writes on it “$100 paid for breakfast.”
 
“You already paid too much last night.” Maddie says to him.
 
“Don’t worry about it. You do great work on short notice. That should be rewarded.” Fernando tells her before handing out the bags to Francis and Alice.
 
“Alright then.” Maddie replies, “I’ll see you then.”
 
“Thank you.” Fernando tells her before taking the last two bags and leads the group out of the dune buggy. The food is placed about on the front passenger seat. He tells Francis and Alice to wait for a second as he calls Hondo on the radio.
 
“Righteous Cowboy, this is Medic, Please answer. Over.” Fernando says to his small Yaesu radio.
 
Fernando was about to call Hondo again but Hondo replies just in time, “Righteous Cowboy here. Everything alrigh’ at your end?”
 
“Everything is fine. I’m coming by with food for the kids in the hanger, but two things. One - have one of the ladies make some juice from the powdered stuff I gave you a couple of days ago, and two - we need take apart and sort through what is there for you and the kids, and repack it so I can take it and feed everyone else at the convoy camp. I’ll be in the Teen’s green buggy.” Fernando explains.
 
“Alrigh’, I’ll see you then.” Hondo replies.
 
“Be there in 5...” Fernando says before putting away his little radio.
 
He then walks over to the driver’s side and lets Alice and Francis in to the rear seat before getting into the rear seat himself. Once on the road, Fernando cuts into the grass and cross the runway to get to the west side of town where Hondo’s Hanger is located. Cutting across the runaway as he did makes a 5 minute trip into 2 minutes. As soon as he gets to the hanger, the troops guarding the place open the main door and signal Fernando to drive in. Fernando continues to drive to the rear of the hanger and stops near a kitchen like area in the rear. He steps out of the buggy and helps the teens as well. Hondo comes down stairs with Minerva, Miniya, Tracey and Abigail as Fernando and the teens put the bags of food on counter.
 
Fernando tells Francis and Alice, “All but one of the vegetarian salad sandwiches belong here, I have to take one back for Naya; and 12 of the egg, meat and cheese sandwiches stay here. And 6 of the large oatmeal bowls are to stay here. Everything else comes with us.”
 
Hondo walks up behind them and looks over, “Same as before?”
 
“Pretty much the same. Maddie knows how to put together a quick meal on short notice.” Fernando explains as Alice and Francis packs the remaining meals in a couple of bags. He then points out, “29 veggie sandwiches; 12 egg, meat and cheese sandwiches, and 6 large bowls of oatmeal that can be served to them on the paper cups. You just need to make some juice for them to drink.”
 
“Alrigh’, I’ll take it from here.” Hondo says. He then asks, “Anything else?”
 
“Well, I would like to have that meeting at 9o’clock about what we spoke about, about that box I got from Center Town. And then have a final meeting at around 5PM to hand over the kids to General Jastrey. I’ll see about getting lunch for everyone later today and get Ruth and Val to prepare Go Bags for our trip.” Fernando explains.
 
“Good. I may have to go to Center Town and check somethin’ out I saw there the other day.” Hondo says.
 
“No problem. Take Patricia, Madison and Miniya with you.” Fernando tells him.
 
“Will do, but why Miniya?” Hondo asks.
 
“Have her wear her EMT jacket and hat, so she can get used to being around others and not be nervous about it, in short, hiding in plain sight.” Fernando explains. He adds, “While you are there, test the radios between them there.”
 
“Will do.” Hondo replies.
 
“Well, I’ll see you and everyone here later at 9o’clock.” Fernando tells him. He turns to the ladies with him, “You you girls later. We have a lot to cover before we leave this place.”
 
Minerva was about to pounce on Fernando for a goodbye hug, but Miniya clamps her hand down on her shoulder, and keeps her from going any further from what I was going, telling her, “You can have Snu Snu with your boyfriend later in the day. We got kids to feed.”
 
“Wait... what? Snu Snu? What The #$@!, Miniya!” Minerva turns on her twin.
 
“Minerva, I’ll see you later.” Fernando tells her.
 
She turns to look at him and then nods. Fernando signals for Alice and Francis to secure the food and get into the buggy so they can leave. Once they are in, Fernando gets into the driver’s seat and slowly backs the buggy out of the hanger.
 
Once on the main road, he goes north to the convoy parking area, taking about five minutes to get there.  He parks the buggy at an angle to its camper before connecting the camper back onto its tow hitch but not locking it in place.
 
“I’ll take care of that after we get the food delivered to Ruth and Val. Let’s go.” He tells Slice and Francis.
 
Together they gather the meals and take it over to Hondo’s Camper Truck. Knocking on the door, it quickly open with Kiah blocking its entry way. Mae is heard yelling, “KIAH! ONLY MISS RUTH OR MISS VAL CAN OPEN THE DOOR!”
 
“Well I Got it Open... And It’s That Mister Fernando With Two Teens With Bags Of Food!” Kiah says.
 
Ruth walks hurriedly to the door, almost pushing Kiah out of the way, “Oh, Fernando! I thought we were going to make breakfast...”
 
“Ichigo, Mae or June told you anything?” Fernando asks.
 
“Ichigo said that she’s watching somebody for you, and that you were getting something but no details on that.” Ruth says.
 
“I’ll deal with Ichigo then. She was supposed to tell you that I was getting breakfast for everyone but you ladies need to make the coffee and juice. But she is watching a new comer for me making sure that the Wessen Hater Gang does not find her in camp.” Fernando explains before he starts handing the bags of food to her. He adds “Also, I will be getting some of the lunch from the Asian Restaurant, and around 6o’clock I’ll be getting more sandwiches and soups for the ladies to prepare Go bags for when we leave this place this evening.”
 
“Go bags?” Kiah says from behind.
 
“Meals you eat while driving from town to town on long trips. They are also called ‘Meals On The Go.’” Fernando says to be heard.
 
“Oh...” Kiah says before letting out “I still don’t get it.”  
 
“Anyways. Ruth, there is a veggie sandwich in there for the one Ichigo is watching, so I’ll pick up later 2 meat sandwiches and that 1 veggie sandwich with 2 juice drinks and 1 coffee. The Den mother and her kids are at the hanger with all the Wessen kids, so there is nothing there for them. It is just us, Mariebelle and the Teens.” Fernando explains, “You can send one of the bunny girls with my order and knock three times so I know who it is and not General Jastrey or somebody else wanting my attention. Lastly, I’m taking the Bunny girls at 9 o’clock for a meeting with them and the other new comers.”
 
“They should be done with breakfast by then.” Ruth says.
 
“Thank you.” Fernando tells her.
 
“No, thank you! Without you, we would be starving!” Ruth says.
 
“I’ll see you guys later then. I have to do other things. And let me know if you need fuel or water for your vehicles. I’ll do what I can for you and the others.” Fernando tells her.
 
“I’ll let you know.” Ruth replies.
 
“See you then.” Fernando says to her.
 
“See you...” Ruth says before closing the door.
 
Fernando starts leading Alice and Francis back to their buggy and camper before lifting the front of the buggy by bumper and shifting into place. Once in place, he secures the camper’s tow hitch onto the buggy’s tow ball. He then tells them that they are free to go, just make sure to get something to eat before retiring to rest. He then goes back to his camper, opening the side door and stepping in and closing the door behind him. Naya is sitting on the floor and Ichigo on the bed, both already in t-shirt and panties.
 
“Somebody will be here soon with our food.” He tells them as he looks at them. He shakes his head at Ichigo, “What if you have to leave in an emergency, want to be caught out there in just your t-shirt and panties.”
 
“No, but they are there and I can quickly grab them.” Ichigo says as she points to the shelf by the bed.
 
“Get them and put them on, in case we need to get out of here in a hurry.” Fernando tells her.
 
“Alright, Alright...” Ichigo says as she crawls to the shelving and gets her things. Like before she looks them over before putting them on, but as she puts them on, “Why can’t I put on my normal dress?”
 
“That is not required for now. Maybe when we get to the next town then yes.” Fernando tells her.
 
Ichigo sighs as she puts on the sweat pants with both legs at the same time like before in the Dub Box. The hooded sweat shirt is next. She then lies on her back on the bed, staring at the ceiling.
 
There is three knocks on the door, Fernando’s signal to open the door for breakfast. He opens it, seeing Mae and June outside. Out is instinct he steps to the side to let them in. They enter the camper and sit on the edge of the bed with them holding out the bags containing their food. Fernando takes the bags and puts the on the sink and stove counter, opening each one to see what was in them.
 
Before giving out the food he tells Mae and June “Thanks for bringing in the food.” He then gives Naya the Veggie Salad sandwich and a covered paper cup of prepared juice from powder. He then hands a sandwich to Ichigo, followed by a handing her a covered paper cup of prepare juice. She has to shift over to use the shelf on the wall as a temporary table to hold her drink.  
 
Fernando looks at Mae and June, “If you are done with giving out the food, you four should be in your camper and buggy setting things up and locking things down so they do not fall down while on the move. You should also have your riding blankets and hoodies in the buggy seats to put them on before you roll out. And you should have the vinyl siding up on the passenger side and rear window, so you can all enter from the driver’s side. And when you get to Go Bag Meals, they should go into the little storage area in the back behind the back seats, put in some extra snacks and water. Everyone rides in the buggy, no one rides in the camper, because of there is an accident, anybody in the camper dies.” He pauses for a second, and then adds, “Talk to the teens about any issues you have as they have the same ride and camper as you do. I’ll be there later to inspect and help out with your buggy. I will get you before 9AM to go to Hondo’s hanger for a driver’s meeting. I’m not throwing you out but those things I told you to do, I have to do them as well. I’ll see you later.”
 
Both Mae and June sit there with jaws momentarily dropped. June, though being the shy one of the group, gets up and grabs Mae by the arm, “Mae, he’s right. We got work to do.”
 
Mae slowly gets up, and then both step up to the door. Fernando steps to the sliding door and then opens it. Mae and June step out. They look at him before June takes Mae’s arm and hauls her away. He looks at him as they walk to the front of his electric camper and disappear as they go around its front. He sighs before closing the door and sits down at the edge of the bed.
 
He then looks at Naya, “When you’re done eating, fold up sleeping bag, blanket and pillow. Leave the floor padding where it is, so it can be there for you to sit on if you like. Or you can sit on the front passenger seat.”
 
Naya looks about herself looking at her sleeping area before nodding. Fernando steps over to get his sandwich and coffee and sits back down to enjoy his meal. Things begin to settle in place as the clock rolls over to 7AM. He begins to clean up the garbage sandwich wrappers and empty paper cups, putting them into the bag they came in and placing them on top of the sink/stove counter. As Naya continues to sit on her sleeping gear, Fernando goes over to sit on the Driver’s seat and calls for Ichigo to sit on the passenger seat. Once she is there, he begins to explain to her about the dashboard switch board and its operation. They then heard Naya let out a sigh.
 
Fernando turns to face Naya, “Something bothering you?”
 
“There is nothing to do here.” Naya complains.
 
“Let me explain it to you slow and simple to where you will understand...” He tells her sternly. She looks at him with a scared and concerned look. He continues, “The choice as is I gave you, be with us and have a safe life or you can go back to the streets and live that life, and now with Giovanni gone, where are you going to go?”
 
“Giovanni gone? How?” Naya asks.
 
“He was killed a couple days ago for cheating in a poker game involving a million dollar bet.” He tells her.
 
“Killed?” Naya throws out in disbelief.
 
“Killed. Dead. Sleeping In The Ground. No Longer Walking With The Living.” He explains.
 
“But how!” Naya throws out.
 
“Like I said, cheating in a poker game involving a million dollar bet a couple days ago, those in the game put a bullet into his head. Bang. Bang. Bang.” He points out.
 
“You were there?” Naya asks.
 
“I was one who shot him in the head. So was Hondo, and one of General Jastrey’s agents.” He explains.
 
“But... why?” She asks.
 
“Aren’t you listening? He cheated. And like he likes to shoot those who challenge him, he tried to shoot us for challenging him, only to be out numbered 3 to 1 and out gunned. A deck of cards has of any value- Clubs, Spades, Hears and Diamonds. Hondo had a hand with a value with all four things. Yet Giovanni had 6 of the same cards? That’s cheating. He got up to shoot Hondo, but he was shot by the three of us. Since Hondo had the winning hand, he got the money. But while we were taking down the place, the bookkeeper shot himself and some young girl he was #$@!ing. That is the only bad thing about that night is that some poor girl was killed when she could have been rescued.” He explained.
 
“Do you know who the girl was?” Naya asks.
 
“Don’t know. She was a young distraction girl, that’s all I know.” He tells her.
 
Tears begin to flow from Naya’s eyes before she asks, “What about the guards? Didn’t they try to shoot you and the others after shooting Giovanni?”  
 
“When you’re slow, you blow. They were dead before they realized what was happening.” He tells her. After a brief pause, he points out, “We had our people there to assist us in case something like this would happen. They took down the guards when they tried to take us down.”
 
Naya looks down at herself trying to hold back the tears.
 
Fernando speaks, “Look, girl, you are playing a dangerous game. You want an exciting life with drama so you would not be bored. But living that life has a price, and that price is life – life of your friends, life of people you know, life that you can all your own – all dead. Dead because you wanted some excitement so you won’t be bored. Now look at the body count – friends, co-workers, your boss Giovanni – all dead. You would have been dead as well if it were not for me. So think about it. A safe life where you are protected is a boring life of responsibilities and jobs to do. No one is going to tell you go give up some ass or pussy or suck on their dick. No one is going to put a gun to your head for you not doing your job. At the same time you will have a safe and warm place to sleep and good food to eat every day, but there will be jobs for you to do. Do those jobs, and you will be rewarded. Don’t do those jobs asked of you to do, and you may find yourself in the middle of the highway walking alone. Do I make myself clear on that?”
 
Naya nods.
 
He throws at her, “Then which one do you want: the life filled with drama or a safe boring life?”
 
It takes her a while to answer, “A safe boring life.”
 
“Good.” He says.
 
She then looks up at him, “But what about...”
 
“What about what?” He throws back at her.
 
“You know... #$@!ing and stuff like that?” She asks.
 
“Can I ask why?” He says to her.
 
“Because there are times... when a girl... gotta have it?” She replies.
 
“Well, I’m going to tell you this much. It is not going to happen for the following reasons... one – for now, I gave you some medicine to cure you of what injuries and diseases you have. That it going to take at least a month to clear out of your system and you will be like new – new as in, near virgin in body, injuries head and cured of what diseases you may have. But if you have sex with anyone now, you could get sick again and that medicine I gave you will stop working.” He tells her.
 
“But… the only one I would have sex with... is you.” She lets out.
 
“Like I said – one month, and let’s see what happens from there.” He tells her, “During that time you have a lot to learn and a lot to do. And you learn and do during this time. Got that?”
 
Naya nods before wiping away her tears.
 
“Good. Now before I go out and deal with everyone packing and setting up to go...” Fernando goes to the bench seat and lifts it where he has the various items he bought at the sex shop, feeling about before pulling out a thin black leather collar. He closes the bench storage area and goes up to her, getting on his knees to get at her level. She looks up at him as he gets close to her. In a faster than the eye could he, he wraps the black leather collar around her neck and tightens it to where there was space to put his fingers between her neck and the collar. As he holds her by the collar, he tells her “I own you as I own others in this group. You are to do as I need you to do, as I tell you to do. You don’t and decide to do your own thing, try to take off that collar off, you will find yourself walking on the highway alone. Do I make myself clear?”
 
Naya nods.
 
Fernando leans over to her, saying into her ear, “This collar says you’re mine and I can do with you as I wish. Now, I have this sleeping gear and new clothes for you in Minerva and Miniya’s campers, and they will report to me when you are with them. You are to do as they ask you to do as they are my leading Wessen Slaves – both bought from Giovanni long ago. Do I make myself clear?”  
 
Naya nods.
 
“Good” He says as he pulls away from her, but reaching with his hand down between her legs and scooping her panty covered groin for a brief moment. He then tells her softly, “When the medicine fixes you up after a month, that pussy will be mine. So you better keep it tight if you know what is good for you.”
 
Again, Naya nods though a bit nervously.
 
“Good.” He says to her before getting up and sits on the edge of the bed. He takes off his jacket and shoes, leaving the shoes on the floor but the Jacket being hung up on a hook on the wall by the bed.  He takes off his shoulder guns holster and shirt and hangs it on the jacket. He takes a pillow and beats it to fluff it up before putting it on the bed and lies his head on it. Putting his feet on the bed, he opens his belt and pants before calling for Ichigo.
 
“Maria, get over here... now!” He says louder than needed.
 
Ichigo turns about on the passenger seat, seeing Fernando on the bed, she gets off the seat and quickly walks to the bed, climbs onto it and on to him, straddling him and facing him. He puts his hands on her waist to hold her in place.
 
“You called, ‘daddy’?” Ichigo eventually replies.
 
“I did, so what of it?” He tells her.
 
“Well... if you called me that means that you want something that only I can give, right?” She points out.
 
“Not in front of the guests.” He tells her, adding “I need my rest but I need to take you and others to the meeting at Hondo’s hanger at 9AM. We will need to take her with us.”
 
“Awww...  thought you wanted me to your loving daughter...” She teases.
 
“Not while we are in this misbegotten place of a town.” He tells her sternly.
 
“You know, a daughter’s love for her father can only go so far when you, the father, keep denying her – me.” She tells him.
 
“Denial is a river in Egypt.” He tells her.
 
“You keep saying that, but what does it mean?!” Ichigo says.
 
“Egypt is a country on the other side of the world and ‘Denial’ is a river in that country. It is not what you think it is in not giving you what you think you deserve.” Fernando tells her.
 
Ichigo scowls at him.
 
“Cut it out, ‘Maria’. I give you a lot of things from what little we have, you should not be having such a negative attitude with me when you don’t get things your way.” He tells her.
 
“One day I’m going to find a boyfriend who gives me everything and I will marry him, and you will be all alone without me.” Ichigo threatens.
 
“Until that day comes, as your father I am also your boyfriend and you will accept what I have to give when I can give it. Not before. And not when I can’t. So no matter what issues you may have, you are not going to take it out on me.” He tells her sternly.  
 
Ichigo scowls at him for the moment.
 
He gives her a slight slap on the butt.
 
“Hey!” Ichigo complains.
 
“Slow your roll.” He tells hers. They look at each other for the moment before he throws in “I’m the father, you’re the daughter. And a father’s love for his daughter is absolute as it does not have limits as I would kill for you and even die for you, but there are lines we do not cross. A daughter’s love has to be just the same and understanding it is what a father can do for her.”
 
Ichigo looks at him for a moment before looking away from him, glancing to Naya to see her reaction. Naya was sitting on the sleeping gear on the floor with her back against the cabinets, sitting there wondering what is going on though her eyes were closed, mouth agape gasping lightly for air with her feet on the floor but her knees in the air open into a ‘V’ shape and her hand between her legs up against her groin rubbing herself through the material of her panties.
 
Fernando turns his head for the moment to see what Ichigo is looking at. Realizing what Naya was doing, he just shakes his head and wonders if things would be different if there was a TV to watch. But it being what it is, public entertaining broadcasts were nonexistent.  
 
Ichigo turns to Fernando, “Gives you any ideas?”
 
He looks back up at her, “Many ideas, but what do you have in mind?”
 
“I was thinking about having my ‘daddy’ teach me where babies come from and how they are made.” She taunts him.
 
“Again. Not while we are in Flight Town. Not while there are idiots out there watching us and when they see how close and important you are to me, to use that against me by taking you and do how knows what to you. In that, you will see a father’s love take action and kill everyone involved with your abduction and doing harm to you. It is the ugly side of me I do not want you to see, and you’re not even my real daughter nor do I love you to such an extent.” He says softly to her ear as to not let Naya hear him.
 
Ichigo looks down at him for the moment before suddenly lowering her head to his and pressing her lips against his, trying to increase of the intimacy of the kiss between then. Not exactly succeeding, she pushes herself off him. She says, “Even though you may not have those feelings for me, I do for you. You saved my life, and you do own me but you do not abuse me like most others would have, you provide for me, and you have me in a safe place. No one could do better for me than you have.”
 
Fernando takes a look at his watch, seeing that it is 7:45 before letting out a sigh.
 
“Something wrong?” Ichigo asks.
 
“We got about an hour to get things together before I take you all to Hondo’s hanger. I need you to get yourself ready, whatever you put on to wear, you need to keep the hoodie on and wear it over your head to hide your face, and if they fit, put on Macey’s sneakers as you cannot run in shoes... And have Naya put on the clothes I gave her yesterday. I have to go out and check with the Bunny girls and the Teens on how their rides are doing.” He pauses for a second before telling her, “I need you to get off me so we can get this done.”
 
Ichigo puts her hands on his shoulders and smiles.
 
He looks at her back at her, “You know you lose every time you do this.”
 
“I know. But it is fun to try.” She replies.
 
“Ichigo. I’m not playing. Things have to be done and I need you and her ready within an hour.”  He tells her sternly.
 
She thinks for a second before replying, “OK” before getting off him.
 
Fernando sits up once she is off him, getting his shirt and shoes to put on. His shoulder holsters go on next followed by his hat, glasses and hat. He gets up and steps up to the door, looking at Ichigo and then at Naya.
 
He points at Naya telling Ichigo, “Take her down a couple of pegs. I don’t need her smelling like Sex at the 9o’clock gathering.”
 
Ichigo nods before Fernando closes the sliding door. She looks about the area for her clothes only deciding on putting on a skirt over her sweat pants. Putting the skirt to the side, she takes the pillow on the bed and crawls over to the sink side of the bed before swinging the pillow to Naya’s face.
 
Sitting back on the bed, she looks at Naya as she yells at her, “WHAT THE #$@!! WHY YOU DID THAT?!!”
 
Ichigo looks at her sternly, “Calm yourself down! We need to get you cleaned up and dressed before Fernando takes us out. He’ll be back after running a few errands, and we cannot have you smelling like you just had sex.”
 
Naya looks at her for the moment in defeat.
 
Ichigo gets up on the bed and opens one of the upper cabinets, pulling out a roll of toilet paper and a paper bag. She rolls out a wad of toilet paper about her hand and hands it to Naya, “Wipe yourself with that, and put it in the bag so I can throw it out later. Then wash your hands and face and get dressed.”
 
Naya takes the wad of toilet paper and wipes herself clean of her sexual fluids between her legs. She then puts the wet wad of paper into the paper bag Ichigo put on the ground. Ichigo then gets the soap and sink ready for her to wash her hands and face, pulling out a small wad of toilet paper to dry her hands with and a larger wad for her face.
 
After cleaning up, Naya puts on her clothes.
 
Outside Fernando is with the day time Teen Patrol Crew; April, Mae and June of the Bunny Girls looking over the three Dune Buggies, checking on the oil level and conditions, Tow Hitch and Electrical Connections of the vehicle and campers, and fuel levels. Alone the Buggies can get over 35 miles per gallon of fuel but towing the camper is drops to about 25 miles per gallon. Lights, radio, ignition and other electronics are also checked and between the three vehicles all look fine. Lastly Tires and suspension are checked and also seem fine. He also shows them how to check the other vehicles with Karl’s and Marvin’s SUV, which is similar but with the addition of a water pump and radiator, they had to check on the vehicle’s coolant levels and color. The SUVs also seem fine.
 
To do them the favor, Jeanette’s vehicles are quickly looked over, as well as the Den Mother’s Troop Carrier Bus. Ruth and Joanne’s vehicles and campers were also checked. The last vehicle to be checked is Fernando’s own Electric Bus, which he has also ready checked on the batteries on it before for their charge, but also water levels of the water tanks along with wiring between camper and vehicle and their Tow Hitch connection. It is now about 8:35.
 
Leaning against Marvin’s SUV with the teens and the bunny girls around him, Fernando takes his tiny Yaesu radio and calls Hondo with it.
 
“Righteous Cowboy, this is Medic, Please answer. Over.” Fernando says to his small Yaesu radio.
 
Fernando was about to call Hondo again but Hondo replies just in time, “Righteous Cowboy here. Everything alrigh’ at your end?”
 
“Everything is fine. In about 20 or so minutes I will be arriving in Karl’s SUV with the Teens and Bunny Girls for the meeting at 9AM. Tell Karl and Marvin that I checked their rides for tonight’s Bug Out and they are ready to go, and tell Karl that I am using his SUV to bring everyone there. We can meet behind the hanger when I get there.” Fernando explains.
 
“Alrigh’, I’ll see you then.” Hondo replies.
 


[At the Harris-Layton Ranch]
 
After getting up early in the morning and preparing some food for the girls and him to eat, Russell works on the last part of his escape plans. As he makes the last minute additions to the tractor and the trailer it will be pulling, he thinks where he is to go, knowing that the nearest Indian village was 30 miles away, with a Junk Town over 100 miles away. In the darkest reaches of his mind, he thinks “What if the Indians were attacked as well?” The tribe was over 500 strong, with about 190 men and women with the rest being children. With what he seen of the slavers, there were at least 25 of them when they attacked the house. At best he thinks he could get 10 maybe 15 miles per hour out of the tractor if it does not break down. What few tests he could do in it, it seems that it can do the job.
 
By 9o’clock Russell has the girls washed up and gone to use the bathroom before he puts them in the trailer with blankets and provisions for their trading. His pants pocket stuffed with a couple of wallets of Old world money and a couple sacks of gold and silver coins he managed to find. On him he has five different firearms which he hope he won’t use but will if he has too. But as a Wessen, his life means little to others and few will believe the story he has to say, hoping that Tammy would back him up in getting help for the four of them.
 
He looks about and listens carefully. There was no sound of vehicles or animals wondering about for as many miles as his senses can reach. He thinks and tries to remember where the Indian village was, and makes a decision to turn left and go down the main road for as long as it takes and as long as the tractor lasts. The Tractor lurches forward, taking time to build up speed to just under 10 miles per hour. It being a straight road gives him the opportunity to close his eyes for a moment and pray to god about making it to safety as in his mind it is a long trip for him to get to where he needs to go.
 


[Escape From Junk Town, on a Utah Highway, heading North…]
 
[Around 9:30AM]
It is another 50 miles before Maria taps him on his helmet, making him pull over to the side of the road. He turns around to her.
 
“What is going on? You OK?” He asks.
 
“I gotta go to the bathroom. And I bet Tamara and Darlene need to go too.” Maria complains.
 
“Alright hold on, I’ll go off road for a while so we won’t be bothered.” He tells her before putting the tricycle into a lower gear and turns into the grassy field. He drives into field at about 10 to 15 miles per hour for about 10 minutes before find a clearing. Not wanting too, he turns off the engine, gets off the tricycle and helps Maria get off the tricycle. She runs off into the grassy area where she squats down and does her business while he opens the camper. Tamara and Darlene crawl out.
 
“Where are we?” Tamara asks.
 
“Not far enough. You two slowed us down by a lot. It will take us two days for us to get out of harms’ way instead of one if it were just Maria and I.” Francisco complains.
 
“But we are far away from the slave mines, right?” Tamara asks.
 
“Aren’t you listening? We might be far, but they can still find us. It will take another day for us to get out of their reach.” Francisco tells her sternly as Maria comes out of the grass.
 
“And what were you doing?” Tamara asks Maria.
 
“I was peeing in the grass. Don’t you need to go to the bathroom as well?” Maria says and asks.
 
“Oh!” Darlene says before she climbs out of the camper and runs into the grass to take care of her personal business.
 
Maria looks at Tamara, “Don’t you need to go too? It’s been a long ride and who knows when will our next stop be.”
 
“I’m more hungry and thirsty than to wanting to go to the bathroom.” Tamara tells her.
 
“Go use to the bathroom! You pee or shit in my camper and you will be left behind.” Francisco tells Tamara.
 
“Alright I’ll go use the bathroom.” Tamara tells him as she goes into the grass. Darlene comes out as Tamara goes in, stopping by Maria and Francisco.
 
Darlene goes up Francisco and hugs him, “Thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you! I was about to climb up a tall pile and jump off if I had to suck the master’s dick again!”
 
“Thanks to you two, things are going to take longer than needed.” Francisco tells her.
 
“I’ll do anything if you take me, please!” Darlene tells him as she holds onto him, throwing in, “I’ll suck your dick, warm your bed, I’ll even let you #$@! me like a good little wifey! Just take me away from that place!”
 
He tries to push her off him and partially does, telling her, “Look. You do as I tell you to do, it might save your life. Don’t go off on your own or what Tamara tells you. I’m the one doing this as if it were not for me, you would be back at the master’s shack sucking his dick. Now do as I say or else, for if you do as you please or as Tamara tells you to do, I will leave you behind with her.”
 
She looks up at him with tears running down her cheeks and nods at him.
 
Tamara comes out of the tall grass, walking to Francisco and Darlene. Of course, she has to bitch and complain, “Now that you got us out you demanding to be serviced?”
 
“I ain’t demanding nothing. Now you are going listen and listen good or else I’m leaving you behind right here.” He tells Tamara sternly. Tamara stands there with her mouth open. He continues to tell her, “You are not in charge of me, I am in charge of us all. I am the elder and this is my ride and my camper. You do not like what I got; you can walk back to the mines. I’m heading north where we would be free of the slavers and the mines. If you do not like where we are going, you can walk away right now.”
 
“Why are you so mean?!!” Tamara whines
 
“Why are you such a bitch!” Francisco almost yells at her, “You were not invited to this escape, you are not part of our plans, and yet now that we got out of that place you want to make demands?!! You have no power, no right or no authority to make demands! You either ride with us and do as you are told, or you walk. Decide now!”
 
“I do not want to be back in that slave place! I do not want to be a water girl! I do not want the master to touch me anymore!” Tamara falls to her knees and cries.
 
“Then shut the #$@! up!” He tells her.
 
“But what about food? I’m hungry!” Tamara balls out.
 
“We will have to see what happens. If anything, we will have food tomorrow. Right now we got nothing to eat and a long way to go before we can get food.” Francisco tells her. He then points to the camper, “Now you two get in there, we will be leaving and have another break before night fall or if we get into a town before then.”
 
Tamara just looks at him but notices that Darlene has gone into the tear drop camper ahead of her. Without saying a word, Tamara gets up off her knees and rushes into the camper. Francisco closes and locks the camper door before going to the tricycle. He helps Maria to get into the rear seat. He then gets into his seat, turns on the engine and looks at his map and ball compass before the tricycle into gear and slowly goes through the grass and onto the road again. On the highway he maintains 35 – 40 mph as long as he stays in the middle of the lane on the faded yellow lines, slowing down and pulling over if and when vehicles come towards him in the opposite direction, which the time he was on the road he seen no one in front or behind him but only hears voices asking about the roads’ conditions on the CB.
Back to top
 
 
View Profile   IP Logged
Fernando
YaBB Administrator
*****
NY City




Posts: 2380
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2935 - Aug 21st, 2023, 10:16pm
 
Fernando uncouples Karl’s truck from his camper, and then opens the rear hatch and rear doors. He tells the teens to gather themselves and bunny girls, have bunny girls and two or three of the teens to sit in the rear storage area hopefully 6 teens in the rear bench seat with two or more on the floor. If three can fit on the floor, then all the teens can be in the rear while he, Ichigo and Naya can take the front with the box of radios on the floor.
 
He tells the teens to gather and sit themselves as best as they can in the order they can be in if possible while he gets Naya, Ichigo and the box of radios into the front seat. Before he goes to the Electric camper, he goes into the Dub box camper and gets another hooded sweat shirt and brings it to Naya to put on. He opens the sliding door to get Ichigo and Naya out, handing the hooded sweat shirt. As she puts on the sweat shirt, he closes the sliding door and opens the front passenger door to retrieve the radio box. With the electric bus’ doors closed and locked, and Naya wearing the hoodie he gave her with the hood over her head. He takes them Karl’s truck, seeing that the teens have figured out the best way for them to sit down. He opens the front passenger door to allow Naya to go in first to sit in the middle and Ichigo to sit by the door with the radio box on the floor by her feet. Closing the passenger door, it takes him a few seconds to let himself in from the driver’s seat. He turns on the ignition and slowly drives Karl’s SUV out of the convoy parking lot.
 
Once out of the parking lot, Fernando drives down the parking lot and through the blimp parking lot. Though he could spend 5 minutes driving to Hondo’s Hanger, once he has driven past the blimp parking area, he twists the crystal on his cane before pressing it against the cane. In a flash of light the SUV disappears from the grassy area past the Blimp Parking Area to about 50 yards from the rear side of Hondo’s Hanger. He drives the few more yards to be behind the hanger before shutting off the SUV’s engine and opens the doors to let everyone out. As everyone gets out, he opens the front passenger door last as to get the box of radios out before Ichigo and Naya get out.
 
Fernando leads the group around the left side of the hanger, taking them to the front main entrance. Though just a couple minutes early, Hondo was already in the front of the hanger watching the troops come in and out for patrol and water acquisition. Fernando walks up to Hondo with the teens behind him.
 
“Sorry if I’m early. We can go set up somewhere to sit and talk and you can get Minerva and sister and friends, Marvin and Karl together for us?” Fernando says and asks.
 
Hondo walks into the main vehicle entrance with Fernando and the teens following. He points to one of the rear offices, “Go into the office and go to the rear, on the floor is a heavy metal door which leads to a basement storage room. We can meet in there.”
 
“Yeah, you told me about this area. You inventoried what is in the boxes?” Fernando says and asks.
 
“No I have not, I didn’t have the time.” Hondo replies.
 
“That is not a problem. If you like we can do an inventory of the boxes after the meeting, and decide what we need and can take.” Fernando explains.
 
“We’ll see after the meeting. I’ll see you downstairs.” Hondo replies, before leaving to get upstairs.
 
Fernando looks at the teens and leads them to the office Hondo pointed out. In the back of the office he finds the heavy metal door and lifts it open, exposing a staircase. Turning on a nearby light switch turns on the room downstairs lights before leading the teens downstairs. There were not any chairs downstairs, but one could sit on a few barrels that were there. Picking up and putting Ichigo on one of the barrels and the box of radios on her lap. He then walks about, doing a rough count of the boxes and barrels in the room before walking to short pile of 2’ X 2’X 2’ boxes that was about chest high. Cutting the tape that closes the box, he pulls the flaps open and looks inside.
 
Inside the box was smaller boxes of dry food and grains, cans of vegetables, fruit and meats. There was a smaller box inside of personal hygiene products (soaps, lotions, etc.) and some undergarments (t-shirts and girls’ panties) of various sizes. He turns to face Naya, eyeing her for her size before pulling out a couple packs of adult size 5/6 bikini cut panties and t-shirts, and tossing them at her.
 
“You can use those later today.” Fernando tells her.
 
Hondo comes down with Minerva, Miniya, Tracey, Abigail, Maggie, David, Molly, Macey, Tonya and Zoey. He sees Fernando looking about in the box.
 
“What you find?” Hondo asks.
 
“This box has food in cans and boxes, and girl’s underwear in wrapped brand new packages like they were on sale in a store.” Fernando explains.
 
Hondo reaches into the box and pulls out one of the cans, looking for something that could resemble as a date code but finds none. But the can itself looks nearly new, if anything a few months old of storage. He says as he puts the can back, “We’ll check on this later. Let’s get this meeting started.”
 
“Alright.” Fernando says, looking about the floor and noting how clean it was. He continues as he gets the box from Ichigo’s lap, “Everyone please sit in a circle while we have this meeting.” The group complies, giving each other a bit of space between them and a large space for Fernando to sit with Ichigo next to him on his right side, and Minerva on his left side. Putting the box in front of him, he begins, “Among many things, I hope this will improve our communications between us. But understand that radio is a funny thing, in theory one can talk to another in a straight line at a range of 65 miles. But because various factors, the radios we have is limited to about 10 or so miles. Once in a while we might get more – as you heard in the past of listening in to weak signals. The further out you go, the weaker the signal gets. Also, radio is not 100% private. Anybody with another radio on the same frequency or channel as you have talking with one of us can listen in. Everyone understand that?”
 
Many agree to what he was explaining and no one had questions as they all have more or less the same experience with their CB Radios.
 
Fernando continues, “Radios operate on frequency blocks. The ones in our vehicles operate in the frequency block of 27Megaherts. Within that block there are 40 channels, though some radios can access over 200 channels inside that block. But as for everyone here is concerned, everyone has 40 channels. There are very old radios that only have 23 channels, but no one here has an old radio. That is all you have to understand.”
 
Everyone seems to agree with his statements.
 
He continues as he pulls out one of the Cameo Radio boxes and tossing it to Hondo, ”I found these radios at Center town. They operate on the 140Megahertz, 220Megahertz and 440Megahertz blocks. Understand that this is a higher block range above the CB radios in our vehicles. Because of that there is more privacy in these blocks but there are still people out there listening in on their radios. I know the Group ‘Death from Above’ has radios that can access to the 440Megahertz block area. So until I say so, no one is to access the 440Megahertz Block.”
 
Karl asks, “So we can listen in to what they are saying?”
 
Fernando hands out the radio boxes: Minerva and Miniya got the two red UV-5Rs; the Teens got the two UV-5R5 units; Molly, Maggie, Marvin and Karl each getting a UV-5R, and he kept the other cameo radio to himself. He continues, “Now, these radios have 120 channels but I put in 5 channels in the 140Megahertz block and the rest are blank. In the near future I will ask to have the radios and add more channels as we need them. For now this is a start.”
 

 
Fernando begins to explain basic radio operation, which for Hondo was something he already knew. Fernando went into detail about the screen and for the user to use them properly. He also includes that the radio should be used by the driver of the vehicle, though the exception being the Bunny Girls as though they are one group, they are often split up into two groups. He also explains about where to plug in and charge the battery on the radio, and the other pieces that are in the box.
 
Hondo asks, “Do you have two more radios? Patricia and Madison will be driving the mechanic jeeps and I would like something for them.”
 
“I have two more radios I put together from parts, which I was about to give to the Bunny Girls. They seem to work but there are no chargers for them. Between you and I, we would have to recharge the batteries for them.” Fernando says as he pulls out the “UV-5RTP” radios, one in blue and the other in yellow. He hands them to Hondo which he hands the red one to Madison and the yellow one to Patricia.
 
“We can figure that out.” Hondo says.
 
“Yeah. Well figure it out.” Fernando says, then instructs the group. “Everyone turn on the radios, listen to the radios as you press the buttons. Bunny girls, partner up with somebody and watch.” He pauses for a second, “Now, press the button under the screen that says ‘VFO/MR’ until the radio says ‘Channel Mode’.”
 
Everyone does what he said until they look up at him showing they are done.
 
Fernando continues “The button under it says ‘A/B’. Now this is where it gets tricky. The radio has two radios in it, each radio can send and receive, but the A/B switch shows which one you can talk on even though you can listen to both radios at the same time. Now look at the screen. You see two rows of numbers. The Top Row is Channel A, The Bottom Row is Channel B. That is simple to understand, right?”
 
For a while everyone looks at the screen before looking at Fernando again.
 
He continues, “Pressing the A/B button moves a little marker on the right showing which channel you can talk on.  On the right in a tiny number near the big number. That number is the Channel Number. Since there are only 5 channels, you should only able to put up channels 1 through 5 with the arrow keys below. The big number is the frequency the channel is on, which you can ignore for now. Now here is the hard part. Pressing A/B and the arrow keys, set Radio A – the top line, to Channel 1. Then press A/B and the arrow keys and set Radio B – the bottom line, to Channel 5. If you need help, come to me.”
 
Minerva and Miniya asked for help but a quick demonstration, they get it and do the task as requested. Karl comes up for some help as well, as his fingers are a bit thicker than a human’s but Fernando demonstrated that if he used his pinkie finger, it would be more manageable for him. Karl gets is and quickly gets the task done. Fernando gives his radio to Ichigo for her to do the task, which she gets done quickly since she was shoulder surfing him to see him demonstrate it a couple of times.
 
Zoey asks Hondo, “Can Macey and I have a radio to talk to you?”
 
Hondo replies, “I do not know if we have enough. Jefe?”
 
“I have parts to fix radios, maybe I can make one or two from the parts?” Fernando replies.
 
Hondo gives a nod before saying, “Don’t worry Kitten. We will do something for you.”
 
Tonya lets out, “Me too?”
 
Hondo replies, “You too.”
 
“Alright then, these radios are for when we need to make our conversation private when we do not want everyone on the road to hear our personal business. Just remember this ‘Take It To The BLANK Floor.’ BLANK is the channel number of the little radio. So if you are in the vehicle radio, and say ‘Take it to the first floor’ means to move the conversation on the first channel of the little radio. Everyone understands that?” Fernando explains.
 
Karl points out in asking, “So if I say to ‘Take It to the Fifth Floor’ who ever I am talking to would meet me on channel 5 of this little radio?”
 
“You got it.” Fernando replies.
 
Karl nods with a smile.
 
Fernando throws in, “Everyone should take some time to read the manual. If there is something complicated, I’ll be somewhere around in the convoy parking lot checking out the vehicles for our trip this evening. Now only us, everyone in this room has a radio. People like Val, Maribelle, Jeanette’s group and others I have not mentioned do not have them and in truth, I would not want them to have it. So do not share the radios with them. I will have to check to get more radios as I would like Ruth and Joanne to have one but I do not have any right now. Since we are moving out this evening, 1) you are to rest up for the drive to the next town. 2) I will be getting your lunches at between 12 and 1 o’clock and I will have Ruth make Go-Bag Meals for you to eat on the ride to the next town. and 3) Everyone is to return to the Parking Lot by 4:30 to check up on your rides and camper before we go. With all that, you can all go, except for Miniya, Minerva, Abigail and Tracey. You radio should have a clip on the back, put the radio in your pocket with the clip on the outside of the pocket. This way if the radio falls, it falls into your pocket. Patricia, Madison, your radios do not have a clip so just have it in your pocket. You all can leave.”
 
Everyone begins to get up and leave, with Marvin and Karl saying thanks. Molly and Maggie stay with Hondo so was heading to Fernando and his little group.
 
Hondo tells him, “I may be going to Center Town to pick up a few thin’s I forgot to get the first time. Karl and Marvin will be in charge.”
 
“Who will be going with you?” Fernando asks.
 
“Don’t know yet.” Hondo says.
 
Fernando reaches into his pocket and hands Hondo a small sack of gold coins, “If you can, get another box of radios, and maybe a plastic barrel or two.”
 
Hondo nods as he accepts the money, “I’ll go see about havin’ Patricia and Madison go with me in one of the mechanic jeeps. Should I take Macey with me?”
 
“Only if Zoey is going with you, and if she’s been behaving. I’ll go speak with Minerva and the others before I go back to the convoy camp. I’ll check on your camper and bronco for fluids and basic maintenance.” Fernando says to him.
 
“She’s been good over here. As for my rides, just look it over and tell me what I need when I come there, about 3PM or so.” Hondo says.
 
“Alright then. I’ll write everything down for you to deal with. I’ll see you later.” Fernando says, turn to the ladies in the room, seeing Hondo leave with the others. “Ladies, we got two jobs to do. 1) We need to hand over the kids to General Jastrey by 3PM. 2) We need to inventory some of these boxes. I would like to take a few of them, let’s say 1 box or barrel of camper. That would only take a small part of what is in this room. What Hondo decides to do with the rest of this is on him. I’ll speak to him about it when he returns.”
 
When they are just in the room as Hondo leaves with the others, Fernando says as he twists the crystal on his cane, “One more thing.” He presses the crystal against the cane, with energy bolts hitting the four of them for a moment. It stops and he begins to explain, “I do not like to do this but I ‘programmed you’ all to be a good as a driver as I am. I did this as there is no time for any of you to practice driving your vehicles with the campers. Now, I need to go back to the convoy camp. You ladies should be able to drive there when it is time, and you can contact me on those radios when you need too. I’ll have my radio on. Keep yours off until you need to use them. If I am not in the convoy parking lot, I’ll be in town getting a few things for us all, including lunch. And around 5:30 I’ll be getting the meals for Ruth to make the Go-Bag Meals.”
 
Minerva steps up to him and nods, before giving him a hug and a kiss. “Thank you, I think.”
 
“Look. You will be taking a big step here. It is OK to be nervous and worry. It is not OK to let the fear take you over. We will talk later. But also...” Fernando begins to say. He then reaches over to Naya and brings her over to them, “She will be will be riding with you. In the back of one of the jeeps is an extra bag for her.”
 
Miniya puts out “What about the others, Josie, Melody, Alexandria, Sabrina and Tabitha, Lily and Little Mary?”
 
Minerva says, “They all have a carry bag of clothes, sleeping gear and things.”
 
“Do they have a riding blanket in case it gets cold in the ride?” Fernando asks.
 
“I do not think so.” Minerva says.
 
“Don’t worry about it. I’ll get them a few extra things like a riding blanket when you arrive at 3PM with the children.” Fernando tells them.
 
“Thanks.” Minerva says to him.
 
“I got a lot to do. Rest up as we all have a long ride ahead of us. I’ll be taking Naya with me for now and hand her over to your care later. Take care.”  
 
“Yeah, take care.” Minerva tells him.
 
“After I deal with a few things in the convoy camp, I’ll be here to check these things out and taking a few for the convoy. Ichigo and Naya will be with me when I return.” Fernando says before he takes the near empty box with him with Naya and Ichigo upstairs to deal with the teens and the bunny girls to take back to the convoy camp.  
 
Hondo was at Karl’s SUV with the bunny girls and the teens. Fernando approaches them.
 
Hondo states as Fernando approaches them, “I’ll take Mae and June as well.”
 
“Thanks for letting me know. That leaves more room for the others to get in and sit down so I can take them back.” Fernando tells him.
 
“You need anything else from Center Town?” Hondo asks.
 
“Not really. I need do need 9 large and 2 medium Snuggie Riding Hoods for Minerva’s group, but I think I could find them in town here.” Fernando says.
 
“Snuggie Riding Hoods?” Hondo asks.
 
“We know what they are, the camping store may have them.” Madison says.
 
“Yeah, we got them so we know what they are.” Patricia points out.
 
“You mean that big hoodie blanket?” Mae asks.
 
“Yeah!” Madison replies.
 
“We have them too.” Mae says.
 
“Well... show them to me and I’ll get a dozen large and smaller ones for Zoey and Macey as well.” Hondo replies.
 
“And Ichigo. Like you, we do not have them either. But I made sure everyone else has one.” Fernando says. He then adds, “Thanks. I’ll be down stairs later doing an inventory of those boxes and setting a few aside for the convoy to take after I check out the convoy parking lot. I say a box or barrel per vehicle?”
 
“That sounds fine.” Hondo replies.
 
“I’ll be seeing you later then.” Fernando says as he begins to open doors on Karl’s SUV. “Assemble yourselves and get in. We got work to do at the camp before resting up for the ride out of this god forgotten place.”
 
With four less, it was easier and faster to get everyone into the SUV. Again, Naya and then Ichigo enter the front passenger door and Fernando puts the box of left over radio parts on the floor of the front passenger seat. After closing the door he goes to the driver’s door and lets himself in. He starts to slowly drive away from the hanger, making a U-Turn back to the convoy parking lot. After a 100 or so yards of travel, Fernando teleports the SUV back to near the Blimp parking lot and drives the rest of the way to convoy camp. Once in the camp, he lets everyone out, the teens who were in the night patrol went to bed to rest for the day. Kiah and April went to Hondo’s truck to be with Val.  
 
After getting Karl’s SUV parked and reconnected to its camper, he gets Naya, Ichigo and the box of radio parts to his electric camper. He then starts to work on the radio parts and with a bit of accelerated time, manages to assemble 3 radios from the parts while they dress down to relax in the camper. Two were UV-5R8W and one was BF-R3. (Once one radio was assembled, the other two was faster to assemble.) He then connects them to his laptop computer like he did with the others and programs them like the others. They test and operate just as well as a boxed radio, but like the two others that he built from before, there was no charger or assorted parts for them. He set them for Channel 1 on Radio A and Channel 3 on Radio B.
 
Naya was sitting on the sleepwear pile on the floor in just her panty and t-shirt, while Ichigo was on the bed in her t-shirt, sweat pants and sox.
 
“I’ll be right back.” He tells them before going out of the camper bus. He takes the short walk between his and Hondo’s camper, twisting the crystal but then he decides to hold out on that. He looks at his watch, seeing that it is only 10:10AM, he goes back to his camper through the sliding door. Putting away the radios first, he sits on the edge of the bed and takes off his glasses, hat, jacket, shoes and shirt, handing the clothing items on a curtain hook by the sliding door.
 
Ichigo crawls up to him, “Everything OK?”
 
“Yeah. Just tired and got a lot to do. You and Naya can partly strip down and rest for now but before 11o’clock you two need to get dressed and come with me so I can order a large lunch from the Asian Restaurant and give it to Ruth and Val so they can sort it out and hand out at around 12o’clock for lunch. Then we go to the basement in the hanger and do some inventory of the boxes and barrels.” He tells her.
 
“Oh.” Ichigo replies, adding “So we’re going out later? What about our alone time?”
 
“We can’t have ‘alone time’ with Naya her watching.” He tells her.
 
“Awww...” Ichigo pushes her act that much further. “Come on. Maybe she can learn something from our alone time.”
 
“Naya was a street girl for years before I rescued her. Chances are she could teach the grown women of this convoy and General Jastrey’s female soldiers about things they don’t know about... There is a lot more to sex than shoving a cock into a pussy.” He tells her loud enough for Naya to hear.
 
“But didn’t you gave her a healing pill and made her a virgin again?” Ichigo throws in.
 
“The healing pill works on her body, not her mind or memories. Even though her body is being restored into being a virgins, she still remembers everything she did and how she did it when she was selling herself.” He explains to her.
 
Naya gets on her knees and walks over to Fernando, trying to position herself between his legs where he sat on the bed. Putting both her hands on his knees she looks up at him. “Excuse me, sir?” She begins, “If that pill you gave me made me a virgin, why do I remember those things I did?”
 
“The pill works on body not the mind, so you will always remember. It is not just you, but that is how it works on everybody. Like if you got shot, the pill heals you of being shot, you will always remember what happened when and why you got shot. There is no way out of running away from your memories.” Fernando tells her.
 
Naya looks up him.
 
He tells her, “Look, Naya. If you been a bad girl, you need to own up to that life and work hard in being good girl for now on. Then maybe you can be at peace with what you did in your past.”
 
Naya nods slightly as she looks up at him. She then asks, “Would I be a bad girl if I wanted to suck your disk and have you to #$@! me?”
 
“Get this in your mind and understand it.” Fernando tells her, “Sex itself does not make you a bad girl. Why you are having sex does. If you are doing because you like and even love that person then that is fine and does not make you a bad girl. But if you do it to get money, services or power over another, than that makes you a bad girl. The problem is when you do it because you think you owe somebody and use sex to pay them back because that is a good thing being twisted into a bad thing. You should never use sex for paying or getting paid.”
 
Naya nods.
 
He throws at her, “So in your wanting to suck my dick and have me #$@! you, to you would be doing a good thing or a bad thing?”
 
“I hope it would be a good thing.” Naya replies.
 
“I dare ask, when would you want to do it?” He asks.
 
“I know you said that I have to wait for a few days for the pill to work on me, but I would like you to take me right now if you could.” Naya replies.
 
“It’s not going to happen until the pill has cleaned you, cured you and healed you. That is going to take a few days though I am going to check on you from time to time and see how it is going.” He tells her.
 
“Check on me?” She asks.
 
“’Daddy’ is doctor, you silly sheepie.” Ichigo tells her.
 
“’Maria’ – cut it out with the name calling.” He tells her.
 
Ichigo lets out “You better not #$@! her before you show me how much you love me.”
 
“You need to calm with that before ‘daddy’ throw you on his lap and gives you a long deserved spanking.” He tells her.
 
“But ‘dad-dee...’” Ichigo whines.
 
“Cut it out.” He tells her.
 
Ichigo shuts up and remains quiet.
 
He then turns to Naya, “Look girl, you are in a safe place where no one is going to make demands of you but you do need to earn your keep to do various jobs here. So you need to relax, calm down and do the job assigned to you. Nothing more, nothing less, and you are going to be #$@!ing or sucking as part of your ‘job.’”
 
He then gets up and pushes Ichigo further back on the bed before reaching to the sides of the mattress and grabs onto the latches by the wall and lifts the back of the bench into an upright position. He then tells Naya to sit on the bench before he climbs over the bench to get on the bed. He then takes Ichigo and throws her lightly to the middle of the bed and pins her down, holding down her wrists by her shoulders and kneeling between her legs.
 
He tells her, “If this is what you want ‘daddy’ to give you, you are not going to have it while we are in this worthless hell hole of a town. But once we are out of here, all bets are off!”
 
Ichigo nods nervously, knowing that she has been beaten in her own little teasing game. It was a losing game for her anyways, she just wanted to know how far she could go before being put in her place which is not far.
 
He tells her, “Now you are going to behave like a good little daddy’s girl and do as I say.”
 
“Yes... daddy” She says nervously.
 
He begins to slowly let’s her go and then step over to the side of her on the bed before lying down on his back. He lets out a sigh.
 
Naya asks as she sits on her knees and looks over the bench’s back onto the bed they are on, “Something wrong?”
 
“Look, normally if it were somebody else, anybody pushing me in anyway would find themselves out of the convoy and taking a long walk to wherever. But as my daughter, I can’t do that to her. On top of that, everything we had done in this misbegotten place has gone wrong. I’m trying to make sure that this is the last day that we are to stay here. But no. There are excuses and there are delays. But we are going to leave this place if I have to leave it myself alone.” He tells her.
 
“Well, I can’t say as you rescued me and it seems to be successful.” Naya says.
 
“Look, Naya. No disrespect to you, but there is more going on than you think. Like - getting rid of Giovanni was the easy part. The hard part is taking over his kingdom and moving in. Or dealing with Hector De La Vega and kicking him out of town was easy, fighting his army was hard though we beaten them. And dealing with some of these idiot merchants, I do not want to arrest them but I had to arrest of a few who tried to steal from me and my people in this convoy or have us in trouble with the Lawmen. And the Lawmen themselves, they crossed the line with me and I had to get them eliminated as well. Them running into the Wessen Hating Gang and being killed off by them was just a win for me. But no. Then the Wessen Hating Gang came in and became a problem themselves. This place is a no-win, bad karma, bad mojo filled place. May it burn once I leave.” He tells her.
 
“I hope wherever we go, it is a safe place. I do not want to ever go through that again” Naya says.  
 
“Look. As long as you are with me or somebody I send you to, you will be safe.” He tells her.
 
Naya nods.
 
Not caring about the time, even though it is just a minute or two after 10:30. He sits up on the bed.
 
“Girls, start getting dressed. We’re going to get things done.” He tells them.
 
Naya nods before getting off the couch and starts putting her clothes back on. Ichigo needed a stern look to get her moving to get dressed. Despite that he had more to put on, Fernando gets dressed faster than they do. He opens the sliding door and stands outside to help Naya and Ichigo step out of the camper. After closing and locking the camper doors, he leads them to town on foot. Before they enter the Merchant area from the blimp parking lot, Fernando turns around to Naya and Ichigo, pulling on their hoodies to make them cover much of their faces. He then leads them into the merchant area.
 
Several merchants tried to get their attention in order to buy what they had to sell. Fernando ignored much of them, but noting in his mind what they were selling. A few more minutes of walking Fernando gets to Steven’s Asian restaurant. He opens the door for them to enter inside. Steven is at his counter waiting for customers to arrive.
 
“Hello Fernando! Need a large order?” Steven asks.
 
“Of course. I’m just trying to think though. I would need about 100 small orders of white rice, of that 40 of them would have a small Vegetable Chop Suey and the other 50 would have a small beef or chicken Chop Suey. In fact, make it 25 Beef Chop Suey and 25 Chicken Chop Suey – all small.” Fernando explains.
 
“How soon would you need this?” Steven asks.
 
“I hope it is not a rush for you, but I would need them by 12o’clock to feed the camp.” Fernando explains.
 
“12o’clock would be plenty of time!” Steven says.
 
“So how much for it all?” Fernando asks.
 
“You had been a great customer. I’ll charge $800 for it all.” Steven says.
 
“You have been an excellent merchant and restaurateur. Your food has been excellent. Too bad I will be leaving to the next town by the end of the day.” Fernando says as he puts 10 $100 old world dollar bills on the counter.
 
“What time are you leaving?” Steven asks.
 
“I am hoping by 6PM.” Fernando says.
 
“I’ll drop by to see you go then.” Steven replies.
 
“Alright then. I’ll see you to pick up the lunch and then later at 6.” Fernando replies.
 
“Take care Fernando-san. See you then.” Steven replies.
 
Fernando leads Naya and Ichigo out of the restaurant and then down the block though towards Giovanni’s place, he makes them turn into an alley behind the restaurant. At the same time he twists the crystal on his cane. Once in the alley, he presses the crystal and the three of them teleport to behind Hondo’s hanger in a bright flash of light. But as they disappear from the area, several men wearing jackets from the Wessen Hating Bike Gang run into the alley with various items as implied weapons in hand but find nothing there.
 
“Where are we?” Naya asks.
 
“Same place as earlier before.” Fernando tells her.
 
“Uhm... How did we get here?” Naya asks, throwing in “You using Spirit Tech?”
 
“It is not Spirit Tech but it is something like it. But it is best that you understand that it is something only I can use, and anyone trying to steal it will be severely injured from it one, and killed if they try to steal it again.” Fernando tells her before saying, “Let’s go.”
 
He leads them to the front of the hanger and walks inside unchallenged by the guards. He continues walking to the rear of the hanger and into the office they entered before, and down to the basement finding the door to it already open. Minerva and Abigail were there moving boxes around and keeping a mental note of what is there though not opening them.
 
“200 and seven-teen...” Minerva says to herself as she pushes a box across the floor.
 
“Three hundred and twenty four boxes, and eighty five barrels.” Fernando tells her.
 
“Huh?” Minerva turns around. Seeing Fernando not too far behind her, “You made me lose my numbers!”
 
“You were on 217. But I already counted them before, and there are 324 boxes and 85 barrels.” Fernando tells her.
 
“I did not see you count then when we were down here.” Minerva points out.
 
“You did not see me but while I was looking around, I was also counting.” Fernando explains.
 
“Oh.” Minerva replies.
 
“Starting with that one I opened before, pull 10 boxes and 10 barrels – one for each convoy vehicle. Seeing that it has food and clothing inside the boxes, let’s see what the barrels have?” Fernando says as he walks up to one of the barrels near open box. He finds a clamp lever and pulls on it, popping off the hold down ring on the top, and then lifts the top off it.
 
They look inside, finding various items inside, mostly large jars of soups and sauces, with the center filled various boxes of pasta and dried food products. Looking about were 4-5 gallon plastic jugs of water. All this liquid weight made the barrels heavy. The smaller vehicles would not be able to pull such weight. Fernando had to choose carefully. Maybe Hondo had other ideas, but Hondo was not there to help think for a solution. Putting the barrels to one side, he helps gather 10 boxes, one for each vehicle.
 
Though each box was similarly packed with clothes and food, two were packed with winter/cold weather gear: coats, gloves, parkas, scarves, snow pants, winter “ugg-style” boots, thermal underwear, and blankets. These two particular boxes do not have any food. In counting, Fernando figures it is not enough for everyone, in the least this would take care most of the children and teens (including Ichigo), but there was very little for the adults in the convoy.
 
Fernando looks at Minerva and Abigail, pointing at two boxes of regular clothing and food of the group, “These will go into your campers for now. Sort through it and take what you want from it after we leave. It is better to have extra of things than to have nothing or have one thing and lost it and not have a back up for it. You should be able to pack up the clothing and non-food things in the storage under the benches and food in the kitchen cabinets in the camper.”
 
“Yeah...” Minerva replies.
 
“Except for these winter wear boxes, I’ll be taking these others with me to the convoy to hand out. Then I’ll talk to Hondo, Jason and Moro about the barrels as they are heavy.” Fernando explains.
 
“Anything else?” Minerva asks.
 
Fernando points to a small pile of 4 boxes, “Search those for winter clothes for the adults and whatever else you think we would need. I’ll be back. Naya, Maria, stay down there.”  
 
Fernando goes upstairs and outside, finding the medi-jeeps with their campers by the alley space between Hondo’s hanger and the next hanger across the alley to it. Beside them was one of the two Mechanic Jeeps. As there is one, Fernando thinks Hondo may have taken one of them to Center town.
 
He thinks about putting one if not two of the barrels into the back of the jeeps. He walks up to it and opens the back. There were already things packed in the rear of the Mechanic’s Jeep but it had enough room for one barrel. A box can easily fit in the space between the rear seat and front seat. But he will wait for Hondo to return when he can before taking and moving things around. From the looks of it, Fernando thinks that it should be stored at his moon base for when it is needed in the future. For now he will wait for Hondo to return.
 
It only takes less than a minute to get to the basement where the girls were looking over the pile of boxes Fernando told them to look into.
 
“What you ladies found?” He asks.
 
Minerva looks up from the box she was looking into before saying “More of the same, clothes and food, but it looks like it’s for older teens and women.”
 
“Nothing for men and no winter wear?” Fernando asks.
 
“Just warm blankets and thick pajamas, again for teen girls and adult women.” Minerva explains.
 
“Set them up to be taken. I do not know how you ladies slept before I came in, but once we leave, you guys are to wear pajama when you sleep. This is in case there is an emergency at night, you guys do not come out naked or in just panties and t-shirts.” Fernando tells them.
 
Minerva nods. Abigail does complain.
 
“It can get too hot to be wearing thick clothing to sleep in.” Abigail complains.
 
“How you sleep is on you but if there was an emergency in the middle of the night, you want to run out of your camper nearly naked or in panties and t-shirt?” Fernando asks.
 
Abigail just gives him a stern look for a moment as if she would be taking her chances.
 
Fernando adds, “When we roll out tonight, it will be very cold on the road. I got these hoodie blankets for you and the others to put on while you sleep in the vehicles as it is too dangerous to sleep in the campers while on the road. In an accident, those in the vehicle are severely hurt, but those in the campers end up dead. While in the road, it gets very cold, so you need to cover up. Not that you would be wearing pajamas or just t-shirts and panties as you sleep while the others drive from town to town, but even in your regular clothes it is going to get cold during the night and the hoodie blanket will keep you warm.” He pauses for a second, “Again, it is on you. But do not complain that things get bad because you were not prepared for it when I give you the things to use to make things better and you did not use those options.”
 
“Believe me, I won’t” Abigail tells him.
 
“Until then, we will see what happens.” Fernando says. He then turns to Minerva, “Did Hondo say how long he would take?”
 
“No he did not.” Minerva replies.
 
“Alright then. Let’s move the open boxes over there to take later. I’ll move the barrels there with the boxes and figure them out later as they are too heavy to move by the smaller vehicles. And we’ll wait for Hondo or 11:30, whichever comes first.” Fernando requests.
 
“Why 11:30?” Minerva asks.
 
“We need to get children packed up and taken to the convoy parking lot for them to get lunch and introduced to Jastrey’s Army by 12, and I have to get their meals from the places I ordered them from.” Fernando explains, adding, “If Hondo arrives before I need to leave, then I will have a talk with Hondo about these barrels and boxes.”
 
“Alright...” Minerva replies before they go to move the selected boxes and barrels to one side of the room for distribution later.
Back to top
 
« Last Edit: Sep 25th, 2023, 11:23pm by Fernando »  
View Profile   IP Logged
Hondo I. Sackett
YaBB Administrator
*****
Behind you!




Posts: 1349
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2936 - Aug 30th, 2023, 4:43pm
 
In less than an hour, the Bronco was repacked, checked mechanically, and some supplies from inside were added. After that he went inside, did a look through the downstairs, took a stomach pill, ate one of the sandwiches that Fernando gave him, and then worked on checking over what progress Marvin and Maggie had made the night before. While they were not completely done, they had gotten close, so he finished up, pulling a few things out for the camper trailer and for Fernando’s camper, and the rest packing away in the trailer that he had gotten when they found David.  
 
With the trailer loaded, he checked out the vehicle and found everything as mechanically sound, and though he would have liked to have Donaldson look it over there was not time. At least the previous owners had added fuel tanks and a radio already, though it could use more work if they were keeping it. He was not sure if they would keep it, though, as their fleet had already gotten larger than he would have liked, but he figured Maggie could drive it for now, as they needed the supplies.
 
As he finished up there his radio came to life in his pocket.
 
“Righteous Cowboy, this is Medic, please answer. Over.” Fernando voice called out over the radio.
 
Hondo fished the radio out of his pocket and keyed the mic, “Righteous Cowboy here. Everything alrigh’ at your end?”
 
“Everything is fine. I’m coming by with food for the kids in the hanger, but two things. One - have one of the ladies make some juice from the powdered stuff I gave you a couple of days ago, and two - we need take apart and sort through what is there for you and the kids, and repack it so I can take it and feed everyone else at the convoy camp. I’ll be in the Teen’s green buggy.” Fernando explains.
 
“Alrigh’, I’ll see you then.” Hondo replies.
 
“Be there in 5...” Fernando answered back.
 
Hondo put the radio into his pocket and headed up the stairs. Molly needed rest still, he did not want to wake Maggie, Marvin, or the others just yet, and his girls had been up late, and though Miniya had been up late too, he needed them to get their kids fed and ready for the day. He walked up to their room and rapped on the door. No answer with his first knock so he knocked again. After the second knock a rustling was heard and a tired and slightly grouchy voice was heard on the other side of the door.
 
“Who’s there?!” The voice he thought was Miniya.  
 
Though Miniya’s voice was similar to Minerva’s, they differed in tone and attitude usually. Minerva tended to be whinier when things were not going her way and when they were she spoke faster, and in a bit higher pitch. Miniya tended to growl more, but even then, her voice was usually lower, quieter, and had a slower, more even keel to it, even when things were going her way. At times her voice sounded more depressed, but He was starting to think it was because she was so nervous and unsure, yet she tried to hide it. Minerva seemed to have no issue showing if she was happy, sad, scared, annoyed, or otherwise, where Miniya tried to hid her emotions. It was something he was catching on to, and slowly he was starting to be able to tell the twins apart.
 
“Its Hondo, Miniya. Open up.” He called out.
 
Miniya opened the door enough to show herself but stayed half behind it still. She squinted at him sleepily, her t-shirt now rumbled and stretched a bit more, though it still covered her, though was struggling to do so.
 
“How did you know it was me?” She asked.
 
“You growled. Your sister whines.” He replied.
 
Minya nodded, “Fair enough… Something wrong?”
 
He shook his head, “No, nothin’s wrong, but Fernando will be here in five minutes with breakfast, an’ I need you ladies to handle getting’ meals sorted this mornin’, before you get the kids fed.”
 
“Fernando is coming!” Minerva called out excitedly as she trotted up pulled the door open wide.  
 
She was wearing only panties and a tank top cut down leaving her midriff exposed and only long enough to cover her breasts.
 
“Min! I’m trying to keep the door partially closed for a reason!” Miniya snapped.
 
“Why? Fernando said we should trust Mr Hondo.” Minerva asked.
 
“I do, but some of the other girl aren’t decent!” Minya growled.
 
“Oh, come on! You would be a nudist if Fernando let you be!” Minerva replied sourly.
 
“You two can argue later! I need three of four of you ready now!” Hondo snapped a bit.
 
“Sorry, Mr. Hondo. We’ll be down in a couple minutes.” Miniya replied to which Minerva looked at her like she had six eyes.
 
“I’ll wait here for you. Just get dressed quickly.” He replied.
 
She nodded, “Yes sir.”
 
As she closed the door Hondo could not help but overhear them.
 
“Yes sir? Sorry?? What’s gotten into you? You in love with him or something??” Minerva whispered.
 
“No!” Miniya snapped.
 
“You’re lying!” Minerva retorted.
 
“I’m not! Now, Get dressed!... Tracey, Abby, you too!” Miniya said before all talking stopped and was replaced by rustling movements as they all dressed.
 
In a couple minutes the door opened again and the four came out, dressed though a little bedraggled looking as they had not had a chance to comb their hair or wash their faces yet. As Miniya started to shut the door behind her she spoke to one of the others.
 
“Josie, Get the others up. Make sure they use the bathroom, clean up, and get dressed. Knock on the boy’s door and have Michael get the boys ready. Breakfast will be here shortly and we have a lot to do today, if the convoy is leaving tomorrow.” She said through the door.
 
“Okay.” A sleepy voice replied before she shut the door.
 
As the door shut, Miniya cringed as Minerva spoke up.
 
“So, Mr. Hondo, do you and my sister have something going on? She says she isn’t in love with you, but something is going on!” She said haughtily.
 
Hondo gave her a hard look, “If anythin’ was goin’ on it would be her an’ my business alone, an’ not yours, but it isn’t. We had a good talk though an’ are workin’ on bein’ friends. You an’ I could be friends too if you weren’t such a whiny brat.”
 
Minerva’s jaw dropped as she did not expect that retort. He turned and walked away as the sound of the hanger door opening and a VW powered vehicle entering told him that Fernando had arrived. Miniya snickered as she trotted to catch up to Hondo, as though she had not expected that reply, she liked that he put her sister in her place and liked him even more for it. Her slight smile soon disappeared though as she wondered if she was starting to like him. She pushed the thought out of her mind, though, as she knew she was Fernando’s and as long as Minerva was his and wanted to be his, she needed to be there to help keep her from self-destructing or from driving Fernando away with her clinginess.  
 
Minerva soon snapped out of her surprise as and trots to catch up to the others as she realizes Fernando has arrived.
 
As the five of them walk down the stairs Fernando and the teens with him carry large bags of food over to the kitchen counter.
 
“All but one of the vegetarian salad sandwiches belong here, I have to take one back for Naya; and 12 of the egg, meat and cheese sandwiches stay here. And 6 of the large oatmeal bowls are to stay here. Everything else comes with us.” Fernando tells Alice and Francis as they set things out on the counter and hand them off to Miniya, Minerva, Tracey, and Abigail.
 
Hondo walks up behind them and looks over, “Same as before?”
 
“Pretty much the same. Maddie knows how to put together a quick meal on short notice.” Fernando explains as Alice and Francis pack the remaining meals in a couple of bags. He then points out, “29 veggie sandwiches; 12 egg, meat and cheese sandwiches, and 6 large bowls of oatmeal that can be served to them on the paper cups. You just need to make some juice for them to drink.”
 
“Alrigh’, I’ll take it from here.” Hondo says. He then asks, “Anything else?”
 
“Well, I would like to have that meeting at 9o’clock about what we spoke about, about that box I got from Center Town. And then have a final meeting at around 5PM to hand over the kids to General Jastrey. I’ll see about getting lunch for everyone later today and get Ruth and Val to prepare Go Bags for our trip.” Fernando explains.
 
“Good. I may have to go to Center Town and check somethin’ out I saw there the other day.” Hondo says.
 
“No problem. Take Patricia, Madison and Miniya with you.” Fernando tells him.
 
“Will do, but why Miniya?” Hondo asks.
 
“Have her wear her EMT jacket and hat, so she can get used to being around others and not be nervous about it, in short, hiding in plain sight.” Fernando explains. He adds, “While you are there, test the radios between them there.”
 
“Will do.” Hondo replies.
 
“Well, I’ll see you and everyone here later at 9o’clock.” Fernando tells him. He turns to the ladies with him, “I’ll talk to you girls later. We have a lot to cover before we leave this place.”
 
Minerva was about to pounce on Fernando for a goodbye hug, but Miniya clamps her hand down on her shoulder, and keeps her from going any further from what I was going, telling her, “You can have Snu Snu with your boyfriend later in the day. We got kids to feed.”
 
“Wait... what? Snu Snu? What The #$@!, Miniya!” Minerva turns on her twin.
 
“Minerva, I’ll see you later.” Fernando tells her.
 
She turns to look at him and then nods. Fernando signals for Alice and Francis to secure the food and get into the buggy so they can leave. Once they are in, Fernando gets into the driver’s seat and slowly backs the buggy out of the hanger.
 
As they leave Hondo turns back to the girls, “Alright, get everythin’ sorted into what it is, get the juice an’ water out, then separate out what you an’ the kids need. I need six or seven meat sandwiches, if there is enough, and five or six veggie sandwiches, which there should be extra of.”
 
Miniya nodded, “There should be plenty of both. We only need two or three meat sandwiches, and 20 or 21 vegetarian sandwiches, so there should be extras.”
 
“Good. Now do you need any help or …” Hondo paused waiting for a reply.
 
“Well, you could…” Minerva started to say before Miniya hurriedly cut her off.
 
“We can handle it! … We are fine. I.. I know you have a lot to do, so let us handle this.” Minya said quickly as Minerva scowled at her for cutting her off.
 
Hondo nodded, “I appreciate it. I’ll wake up Marvin an’ the others. I’m gonna let Molly sleep as she was up late with me last night… After you’re done an’ the kids are fed an’ everythin’ is cleaned up, get dressed in that EMT uniform that Fernando gave you, as I’ll be takin’ off after the meetin’.”
 
She nodded, “I’ll be ready.”
 
HE nodded, her change in attitude surprised him a bit, but he liked it too. They had enough going on without having to worry about attitudes, so if she stayed like this he could see her becoming an asset instead of the liability she seemed like at first.
 
As he walked off Minerva hissed into her ear, “What has gotten into you?!”
 
“I don’t know what you’re talking about!” Miniya snapped back.
 
“You know what I mean! You and Hondo? You don’t like or trust anyone I thought and here you’re offering to help and being sweet to him?!” She asked incredulously.
 
“Maybe he earned some of my trust from what he and Fernando did last night! Maybe I’m seeing he deserves respect, as does Fernando! Besides, we owe them to help out!!” Miniya snapped back and started to walk off.
 
Minerva grabbed her arm to stop her, “How is them killing a cheating gambler a big deal?! And How do we owe more, as we already take care of the kids!”
 
Miniya pulled her arm from Minerva’s grasp and spoke to her in cold, harsh tones, “The kids are our responsibility, not theirs! We take care of the kids, but they still take care of us and give us what we need to take care of the kids, so we owe them a lot more than what we have done so far! ...  As far as Giovanni goes, you weren’t owned and used by him, so you can’t understand! You don’t know what that was like, or how the fear of him still being out there can grip your gut and make you terrified of everything! You just don’t know how bad it was and how close I came to dying, nor how much relief I feel with him being gone. Giovanni was a bad one, and they were the first to stand up to him and win! Fernando took me and Tracey from him, but only together did they put an end to our tormentor and save others like us from a fate worse than death! Under Giovanni we almost craved death, as it was better than wondering when it was going to come or some of the things we were made to do, or the pains we endured! Even after I was sure he would find us again and could only imagine the horrible things he would have done to us before having us killed but he’s gone! He’s finally gone and I can sleep at night now!! If that doesn’t make me owe Fernando and Hondo my trust, and even make me like them both, then nothing could! Maybe you’ll understand some day.”
 
Minerva frowned, crossed her arms, and looked down, “I.. I understand more than you think… What Hector did to me…”
 
Minerva closed her eyes and shuttered at the memories. Miniya instantly regretted barking at her, as she often forgot what her sister had gone through. Miniya envied her that she could still act cheerful and carefree at times, as for herself she could not.  
 
“Sorry, Min… I do sometimes forget what he did to you. At least they drove him off.” Minya replied, softening her tone.
 
“Yeah, but he’s still out there… somewhere.” Minerva replied quietly.
 
Miniya sighed, “Yeah, but… They will get him. I would not have believed that possible until last night but now… they will get him…. Now, we have a lot to do.”
 
Minerva nodded, “Yeah, I guess… let’s get things done.”
 
-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-,-
 
After leaving them Hondo went and knocked on the door of the room where Marvin and the group with him was staying. He knocked once and heard rustling so he waited. Soon the door was cracked open and a pair of brown eye’s surrounded by a black mask peered out through the crack. Once Maggie saw who it was she opened the door fully to let him in.
 
“Oh! Mr. Hondo! Come in.” She said.
 
He raised an eyebrow at her as she had on only panties and used one arm across her ample breasts to cover herself, though she dropped the arm as he took a step in so she could half close the door. The sheep girls sat up in the bed that they had shared, showing they were all similarly dress, or not dressed for that fact, not seeming to care that they were practically naked in his presence, but that was due partly to the trust he had built with them and partly due to them having been slaves and being forced to be undressed before their masters and with other slaves when washing, being checked, sleeping, or performing other services.
 
Marvin sat up from the bed on the floor that he had shared with Maggie, and was wearing nothing as he did not have underwear. It was not that he was too embarrassed to ask for any, but slaves were rarely given any, especial male slaves, so he did not even think about it. Out of the 6 wessen in the room the only fully clothes one was Karl, who was still out cold, face down, fully dressed, and drooling in his sleep.
 
“Something wrong, Master Hondo?” Marvin asked.
 
“Nothin’ wrong. Breakfast just arrived, though, an’ we have a meetin’ here with Jefe an’ a few others ‘bout some radio’s an’ travel plans at 9 am. Hated to wake y’all, but we have a lot to do today as well. Sounds like Jefe want’s to pull outta here tonight instead of in the mornin’, an’ I need to make a trip to town with a few others, so I’ll need you an’ Karl to be in charge while I’m gone.” He replied.
 
Marvin nodded, stood up, and stretched, which made Hondo only arch his eyebrow again before turning to look at Maggie as he rather see breasts than a dick.
 
“No problem. We should have been up already, I know, but felt good to get some sleep.” Marvin commented.
 
Hondo nodded, “An’ you’ll need it if we are drivin’ tonight. On the topic of sleep, I don’t mind y’all not wearin’ anythin’ when sleepin’, but if an emergency would come up, you know you might not have time to dress.”
 
Marvin shrugged, “We are used to it. If you wanted to wash your clothes you had to do it at night or work naked, and even then, if the master wanted something done now and you were sleeping, you woke up and did it then dressed. Not like naked wessens surprise anyone. Used to see them on the street corner for sale all the time. They don’t let you wear anything when on show at a slave market, as buyers think that the sellers are hiding something wrong with the slaves they are selling if they have clothes on.”
 
Maggie nodded, “It’s true. Even the non-sex kitten wessen are allowed no shame or privacy. I saw both sex kitten and lab assistant and was used in demonstrations for groups of trainee scientists and the bosses even. Try to cover up in front of them and you get beaten or worse. Besides, this fur can get hot at times.”
 
“Wool can be worse!” Lala said, with Lili and nodding in agreement.
 
Hondo sighed and nodded, “Understand. As long as you have shorts an’ a swim top on ‘round camp, aren’t tryin’ to solicit attention, an’ have a shirt and shorts on when in town, I’m fine with it. Just know if an emergency happens I need you to act immediately.”
 
 
Marvin nodded, “Not a worry.”
 
Hondo looked over at Karl who was still out cold so he walked up to the couch, stood there a moment then hit the arm of the couch hard, to which Karl jumped up.
 
“Sorry, Master! Don’t beat me!” He exclaimed as he looked around frantically.
 
Marvin chuckled, the sheep girls giggled, Maggie looked sadly at the floor, feeling embarrassed for him, and Hondo shook his head, as Karl looked around and slowly came to his senses. Once her remembered where he was, what all had happened, and recognized everyone he slumped back down to the couch.
 
“That was a mean thing to do!” He said grouchily.
 
“Sorry, but we were makin’ enough noise to wake the dead, an’ I know grabbin’ an’ shakin’ a man from a sound sleep isn’t a good idea.” Hondo replied.
 
“ehhf…” Karl grunted. “… Guess I was really sleeping deeply… sorry.”
 
“Master Hondo? Can I ask a question?” Lili asked.
 
He nodded, “Sure, any time.”
 
“Well… why is it bad to grab and shake a man awake?” She asked.
 
“Well, in this world to stay alive a man has to be ready for trouble at any time. When he has family and folks who need his protection that counts double. So, he is alert even when asleep an’ if woken wrong can react like Karl just did, instinctively, but instead of cowerin’ he will lash out an’ could hurt whomever grabbed him as his mind thinks they are a threat. It’s not on purpose, mind you, but just a reaction, so you should never grab and shake a man to wake him.” He explained.
 
“Why not the same with women?” Lala asked.
 
“Women just tend to react differently, an’ generally don’t go into a flight or flight mode when woke wrong. Some might still though, so probably best not to unless you know what to look for an’ that you can handle their reactions. I’m strong an’ fast enough that I could handle most all of you if you lashed out, except maybe Marvin.” He replied.
 
Karl frowned, “I’m strong and I’m not a coward!”
 
“I didn’t say you were a coward, an’ you are strong, stronger than most humans your size even.” Hondo replied.
 
“You said I cowered! And.. and said Marvin was the only one of us that might be hard for you to control if he lashed out!!” He protested.
 
“That’s cause Marvin’ is bigger than I am an’ with an adrenalin spike might be able to launch me. You  are build for speed, not strength like he is, an’ I’m stronger than you an’ faster than Marvin, but when actin’ instinctively when bein’ woke, your speed is lower.” He replied.
 
“Maybe so, but I don’t cower!” Karl retorted angrily.
 
“You just did! I’m not blamin’ ya for it nor callin’ you a coward, but you cowered instinctively. It’s nothin’ to be ashamed ‘bout. You were a slave an’ you did what you had to, an’ it was a lot of years of that. It will take time to unlearn that an’ learn to fight instead of run or cower instinctively.” Hondo replied.
 
Karl looked at him sourly but said nothing.
 
Marvin sat down beside him and put a hand on his shoulder, “It’s alright, little buddy. We all have a lot to learn and unlearn and we will do it together.”
 
“I’m not that little.” Karl muttered under his breath.  
 
Hondo shook his head, “Listen, we can all sit an’ have a beer another day an’ talk ‘bout this, but for now I just need y’all dressed, fed, ready for the meetin’, an’ helpin’ out.”
 
Marvin nodded, stood up, and started dressing, “You can count on us, Master Hondo!”  
 
The sheep girls stood up and stretched before gathering their clothes as well, and Maggie put a hand gently on Hondo’s arm.
 
“We will be down in a couple minutes, but … uhm, I was hoping to have a chance to talk with you this morning.” She said.
 
“Can it wait until this afternoon?” He asked.
 
She frowned and looked down, “I.. I guess it can.”
 
“Sorry, but have a lot goin’ on this mornin’, an’ I have to go wake up my girls still.” He said.
 
She pulled her hand back, crossed her arms defensively, and nodded without looking back at him.  
 
He frowned at her reaction and sighed after a moment, “If you can talk fast, throw on some clothes an’ walk with me.”
 
She looked up at him quickly and nodded, “I can! .. just.. just give me a moment!” She said as she turned and grabbed her skirt a tank top, and her lab old labcoat, slipping into the skirt as Hondo headed for the door and trotting after him, barefoot and with her shirt and coat under her arm, which caused him to pause at the door.
 
“Go ahead an’ put your shirt on. I’m not runnin’ off without you.” He said.
 
“Oh! Uh, I.. I thought… sorry.” She said nervously before setting the lab coat down, pulling on the tank top, that stretched a bit as she pulled it over her larger breasts.
 
She then grabbed the old lab coat and pulled it on.
 
“No sweater today?” He asked.
 
“I’m… I’m a little warm, but… if you want me too wear it…” She stammered a bit.
 
He shook his head, “No, that’s fine. Come on.”
 
She nodded and followed him out the door, as the others finished dressing at a slower pace.
 
“So, what’s on you mind? Somethin’ wrong between you an’ Marvin?” he asked as he walked away from their room and headed out into the hanger, and walked around the far side of the dirigible to give them some privacy, since she seemed edgy.
 
“No! I mean, not that I know about! … did he say something?” She asked nervously.
 
He shook his head, “No, not really. He seems to care a lot about you.”
 
“But he’s worried how two very different wessen breeds could work and about how damaged I am, right?” She asked softly as she stared at the floor again in shame.
 
“He knows the differences could be an issue an’ is worried that he is enough to help you, but he wants to work on them together, that’s what he told me.” Hondo replied.
 
“Yeah, but… we talked and both know we need to take it slow and when on the road, well… I.. I’m just not sure it will work, honestly. I. I’m just too broken and he deserves better… I don’t know.” She replied.
 
“Is this what you needed to talk to me about?” He asked
 
“No! I mean… yes.. maybe…. Maybe I would like to talk to you about it later, but that’s not what I needed to talk to you about right now… I.. I have two things. First, with Lala and Lili sharing Marvin’s camper there’s not really room for me in there too. I.. I know I was staying with you, Valentine and the girls, and.. and I know you and Valentine are not doing well and you are with Molly now, so that’s another person there and I don’t want to impose or anything, but I don’t have a place to stay.” She said quickly, but reluctantly.
 
“You always have a place to stay, an’ don’t ever be scared to ask. Honestly I’m not exactly sure of arrangements quite yet. I sorta left the camper because of Val, an’ not sure her an’ I can share it. The girls will be needin’ to stay there, but Molly an’ I might have to sleep in the bronco, so there will be room for you in the camper an’ I would appreciate you stayin’ there to help keep an’ eye on Val an’ the girls… Val, she… she isn’t too stable right now.” He replied a bit hesitantly.
 
“She still really angry?” Maggie asked.
 
“I.. I am not sure, exactly but… she tried to kill herself last night.” He replied quietly.
 
Maggie gasped, “What! No!!”  
 
He nodded, “Yeah. Had it not been for a couple of the girls Jefe saved from fight town, ex bunny girls named Kiah and April, Kiah primarily, I guess, She would be dead… She tried to apologize to Jere an’ he wouldn’t listen to her until she apologized to me, an’ I told her I’d not listen until she apologized to him, so… I guess she felt she had no options an’ wanted out.”
 
“Have you talked to her yet?” Maggie asked.
 
He shook his head, “No… I.. I went there last night an’ … I was a bit too emotional to deal with her. She has someone watchin’ over her for the moment though.”
 
“You need to talk to her. She loves you still, I know. She believes in you so much, she told me so, but …” She said but was cut off.
 
“But I failed her an’ ruined that illusion of me she had.” He interrupted.
 
Maggie shook her head, “No. You are no illusion and who you are is not ruined to her…. You cannot understand what that place is like… I hope you never experience anything close to it…. *sigh* even gone and healed like we are now thinks to you and Fernando a part of that will always be with us… She is broken inside like I am… Maybe… maybe we do deserve men like you and Marvin, but we feel too inadequate… so inadequate and so broken… Please don’t give up on us… IF we have any hpe of being pieced back together inside it is because someone we care about won’t give up on us when we have given up on ourselves and tried to push everyone away! It’s.. it’s not that we want to be alone but we feel we will only somehow let our hurt wound those we care about and inadvertently we hurt them anyway…. I wish I could explain it better.”
 
“I’ll talk to her later today.” He replied.
 
“The sooner the better, you know.” Maggie replied.
 
“I know… But do not worry ‘bout where you are stayin’. I’ll let you know this afternoon, but plan on the camper.” He replied.
 
She nodded, “Thank you.”
 
“Was there anythin’ else?” He asked.
 
She looked down and nodded for a moment, “… This.. this is kind of embarrassing but… my body temp is rising.”
 
He raised an eyebrow at her, “Meanin’?”
 
“Well, I.. I m.might b.b.be going in.. into heat soon and… and I’m not sure what to do.” She said.
 
He scratched his head, “I have to admit I don’t understand much ‘bout wessen heats, honestly.”
 
“Well, it’s different for each of us, unfortunately, and was on thing the spirits never could get to be the same with all wessens, but generally we get… Hornier than humans do, and have other problems.” She said. Blushing and finding it impossible to look at him.  
 
“What about you, then? What do you need from me?” He asked.
 
“I.. I don’t know about me right now… I used to get very sick with mine, though holding someone when naked helped and oral sex helps, though real sex would help the most but when I was younger that did not happen. Whe I was bought I spent time on the Grey Ladie’s ship, as she bought me and kept me around for a bit before turning me over to the lab as she said I was too soft and nervous to be of any help to her. They.. they used to #$@! me harder when in heat, but I got pregnant once and they…” She stopped as tears fell down her eyes.
 
“What happened?” He asked, softly taking putting a hand on her arm.
 
“They… They strapped me to a table and aborted my baby!” She exclaimed before breaking down and sobbing.  
 
Unsure what to say he pulled her to him and help her.
 
“I’m sorry! I tried to pretend it did not happen, but I can’t anymore!” She cried.
 
He stroked her hair as she cried into his shoulder, “It’s alright… You don’t have to talk about it if you don’t want to.”
 
 
“No, I need to, but.. but I’m too scared to talk about it with anyone other than you or Valentine, and shes too messed up right now!... I want to tell Marvin, but I’m afraid he will hate me for it! … I’m scared and don’t know what to do!” She cried.
 
“You can tell me anythin’… now, are you pregnant now? Is that why this is worryin’ you?” He asked
 
She shook her head and sniffled a bit, “*sniff, sniff* N.no, as you have to be in heat to get pregnant, and that’s what I’m worried about… I.. I’m not ready to be pregnant or have a child and I’m scared if it happens that I will lose it because we are different or it will get sick and die after birth or that someone will tear it out of me again, and I can’t have that happen!”
 
“Then what do you want to do?” He asked.
 
She shook her head, “I.. I don’t know yet. I thought of asking Fernando to spay me so it could never happen again.”
 
“Spay? You me remove your ovaries?? You don’t want to do that! There are other better ways..” He was saying but was interrupted.
 
“But I need to make sure its permanent! I thought I was sterilized! They.. they shot me up with chemicals to at that lab to kill my ovaries…. It was so painful and I was so sick when they did that, and then they kept me on hormone shots to keep me horny enough so I did not fight them as much when they tried to #$@! me… I.. I was so messed up from what they did to me, so broken, but so glad I would not have to lose a child again… but.. Fernando gave me that medicine to heal me and.. it seems that it somehow healed my insides… I.. I know this feeling… I’ll go into heat soon, a day, a week maybe, but.. but if I’m with Marvin I’m not sure either of us will be able to control ourselves… my scent will make him too horny and I’ll be horny, and.. and the sick feeling I’ll have will drive me to get laid by any means necessary as I know I don’t have the will power to stop myself! Please, help me!” She begged.
 
“Are you askin’ me to have sex with you?” He asked
 
“If you must, then please do, but don’t breed me, but I need to you watch me and make sure I don’t do something stupid no matter how sick or horny I get, please! If Fernando has some chemicals to kill my insides then I’ll take those too! Please, I’m scared!” She begged, tears still flowing from her eyes.
 
He nodded, “We’ll do what we can. I’ll talk to Jefe too, but I might not have time today…. How long do we have?”
 
She shook her head, “I… I don’t know. It’s been so longs, and.. and this is the first time in years, so I could have a couple days or a week, but I don’t know!”
 
HE sighed, “Alright. Are you goin’ to be good to drive? At least for the next few days?”
 
She nodded, “I’ll be fine for that. At the beginning of a heat I have a period like normal human women have, so once that starts I’ll have a two to four days, I think, before my heat sets in full, but my body temp will get a little higher each day, and if it is like it used to be I’ll get almost feverish and can even hallucinate when in full heat.”
 
Hondo scratched his head again, “Now I know animals body temps do go up a bit when in heat, but that much?”
 
She shook her head, “No, not that much, but its one of the side effects of being wessen. Some don’t have it so bad but all of us women experience some body temperature rise. Some have heats that are controllable and you would not know they were in heat unless a medical professional, another wessen that could smell their heat, or they told you.”
 
“You can smell when another wessen is in heat?” he asked.
 
She nodded, “Yes, you probably can too, but would not recognize it and even if you did would have to be closer to them than we have to be due to heightened sense of smell. It’s pheromones mostly and some women have stronger scents or have a more alluring scent. I was told my scent was pretty powerful. Sometimes if its powerful enough it can even make other wessen women go into heat and make human women have their periods early.”
 
He sighed, “Well, that could be problematic.”
 
“If I shower often and stay outdoors and away from the other women when at my peak, everything should be alright, but I need your help! If you would talk to Fernando for me I would appreciate it, but please don’t tell anyone else! I’m begging!” She said, even getting on her knees as she plead with him.  
 
He lifted her back up, “You don’t need to beg, I said I would help, but I have to tell Molly.”
 
She frowned, “are you sure?”
 
He nodded, “Yes. She is my mate now, even if Val and I work things out, then they will both be mine. I said I would help and I will, but you need to trust me and let me talk to Molly as I need her advice.”
 
She sighed, looked down again and nodded, “Alright… I trust you, but please don’t tell anyone else, especially about.. about the abortion or my wanting to be spayed… I just don’t know what else to do.”
 
“Listen, you’re not gonna be spayed! We will figure somethin’ else out, I promise.” He replied.
 
She looked up at him and gave him a weak smile, before streaching up and kissing his cheek.  
 
“Thank you, master.” She said.
 
“I’m not your master.” He said.
 
“Yes, you are. Both you and Fernando are my masters. I’m too broken to be a free wessen. Maybe someday I’ll not be but until then you two are my masters and I’m your slave… just, please take care of me and I’ll do the best I can to help everyone, fix myself, and maybe find a way to atone for my sins.” She said softly.
 
She gave him one last soft smile before turning and quickly headed towards the kitchen to meet up with the others.
 
“I’m not sure I’m cut out for any of this.” He muttered to himself after she was gone.
 
He looked at his watch and it was nearly 6:45 am, and he still had a lot to do.
 
(To be continued …)
Back to top
 
 

Well the cowboy, like the red man, you had to leave your land
You can't raise your stock and plant your crop in the gumbo and the sand
Greed disguised as progress has put us to the test
They won't be glad until we're gone from our home out in the west
It's sad to see those good old days replaced with greed and doubt
Soon we'll leave the country, the campfire has gone out
Bid 'em all adieu, you can't turn the world about
The cowboy left the country, the campfire has gone out
View Profile WWW   IP Logged
Hondo I. Sackett
YaBB Administrator
*****
Behind you!




Posts: 1349
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2937 - Sep 13th, 2023, 4:45pm
 
Maria V (AKA Older Valentine or Valentine Zero) barely slept that night, or what little was left of it. She got up once and helped herself to the whiskey but it did not calm her thoughts. IT was not just her thoughts that kept her up, though they were the biggest part, but much of them were spurred on by the other thing keeping her away, which was her younger alternate-self crying and whimpering in her sleep. She wanted to be furious at her for attempting such a stunt, but mild anger was the best she could muster as she knew that she, herself, had done worse.  
 
Those five years in the Jurassic, evading Lucy and other predators, gave her a lot of time to reflect and realize what she had done, but she did not realize how pathetic and infuriating she had been until she witnessed this Valentine’s actions and attitudes for herself. She gave up trying to sleep after a while and stared at the younger version of herself as she thought of all she had done. She wondered if there was no path forward now, if she was doomed by her own sins to be separated forever from those she had loved and had once loved her back. At the time her anger and pain seemed justified and she could not understand why others could not see her turmoil nor would help her, but now it all seemed so foolish and worthless. She knew she needed help, but she did not let anyone help, and her lashing out came across more as the tantrums of a spoiled child than a broken woman.  
 
After a while she grew weary of those thoughts, as they were doing little good now. Why the Russian wessen sniper and their elite retrieval team were after her skin she was not exactly sure of, but she knew she had to lay low with this group for a bit. They knew about her ring, somehow, and she was sure it had more to do with her Hondo, AKA H.I. Sackett, than it did with her, but she found it strange that they had found her here. She had been in the Jurassic for five years but only a year or so from this timeline, but that should have still been long enough to make her hard to find. She started to wonder if it had something to do with whoever sent her away or brought her back. She had thought Fernando had sent her away but that had only been a guess, as she was not 100% sure on that still as she had been drunkenly headed to the ranch after getting a message that Hondo and Fernando were missing when she was sent away. Who brought her back, she definitely had no clue who about, as she arrived with just her dino-hide loin cloth and spear at the edge of a water oasis in the middle of one of the many no man’s lands, with not a soul in sight. After getting back to civilization or what was left she tried to contact Zoey but got Macey instead. Macey brought her some clothes, money, and weapons, and told her they had finally messaged them and said something about them being in the orient, but that was all she knew, as they had distanced themselves and given little to no information on where they were for the safety of the others. That could only mean that things had gotten worse in the time that she was gone and instead of sitting her like a useless lump, she should be with him, on her knees, begging him for forgiveness and helping them try to make things right in this world, all of which she should have done years before.  
 
With a sigh she stood up and looked around. The place was a mess, and though it was not hers, she started cleaning for something to do. She had been cleaning for a good 45 minutes before she looked back at the younger version of herself to see her quietly watching her.
 
“You been awake long? You know you could have said something instead of watching me like a creep.” Maria V said drolly.
 
“*sigh* … Sorry… I’ve not been awake that long, honestly but… I.. I’m sorry. Please help me! I.. I don’t know what to do!” She exclaimed softly as she tried to hold back from sobbing again.
 
“Don’t ask me! I’m not even sure where my Hondo is! Its been so long since I have seen him, let alone had sex with him, that I hid on the deck of that dirigible the other night watching your Hondo and touching myself, just trying to remember what it was like to be loved by him before I let myself become a cunt!” She retorted.
 
Val looked down, “If you two want to, you can have sex, you know… It’s not like he’s mine anymore anyway.”
 
“Oh, get over yourself and stop this pity-party, martyr complex! Seriously!” Maria V barked.
 
Val just sat quietly and said nothing.  
 
After a moment the older Valentine continued, “I mean, seriously?! What is wrong with you?? … with us?! I saw you the night you crept to the hanger to be at his bedside when he was injured, and Molly later told me what you said! We talked here and you promised me you would be like a smooth whiskey for him, not harsh or bitter! You said you wanted to do better, but then you tell him you hate him, you make him look like some sort of simp in front of the whole camp, and then you get all weepy and try to kill yourself! I seriously want to know, what the #$@!?!?!?!”
 
Val started crying softly again, “I … I don’t know! I… I didn’t want to lose him, but I hate myself! I hate what I am!! I hate what I’ve done and become and .. and … I just wanted him to throw me away before I .. before I #$@! up more, but he didn’t!! *SOB!!*… *SMACK!* EEEEP!!”
 
The older Valentine marched over and slapped Val across the face as she started to sob, eliciting a surprised shriek from her.
 
“Stop That!!” Maria V barked.  
 
“Why Did You Do That?!?!” Val exclaimed.
 
“You want help? I don’t have much to give or much time to give it in, so that Bull Shit has to Stop!” Maria V replied with a snarl.
 
“I.. I can’t help it.” Val replied softly as she looked down at the floor.
 
“That’s where you are wrong! You can! Now, tell me why?! Why did you change from saying you would make things right to bein’ a complete bitch again then to tryin’ to kill yourself and bein’ all weepy like?!?” Maria V asked firmly.
 
Val sighed deeply as she stared at the floor and tried to gather all her thoughts and any reason she had left.
 
“… I .. I guess after you left last time I gave up… I talked to Ruth a bit, but I was so confused and conflicted… I.. I wanted to fix things, and in the daylight I thought I could, but.. at night all I could think of was how broken I was… I told Hondo I hated him… it wasn’t true but I thought he’d just tell me we were done and.. and maybe just shoot me himself.” She said quietly.
 
“Are you that dumb to think he would, or do you really not know him?!” Maria V asked in a harsh, judgmental tone.
 
“Neither… I wished for it, but I knew he wouldn’t… I guess I just hoped he would give up on me, that everyone would and I’d either die or just find no reason to stay… oh my poor love, I’m so sorry for what I’ve done to you!” She said, starting to cry softly again.
 
“You start sobbing again and I’ll hit you harder!” Maria V threatened.
 
Val looked up at her and swallowed hard as she tried to reign in her emotions.
 
“S.s.sorry.” Val whispered.
 
“Just get on with it.” Maria V growled.
 
“ *sigh* … I know none of it makes sense as it doesn’t to me either… I knew I was too broken for him and wanted to crawl away without hurtin’ anyone more, but I… I…” She paused.
 
“You still wanted him to save you, or I bet even Fernando to save you if he doesn’t, am I right??” Maria V asked drolly.
 
Val nodded and closed her eyes for a moment, “…I know I don’t deserve it but… but I do… I love Hondo very much still, but he deserves better… Fernando said once he loved me as family and.. and I felt the same, but I guess he doesn’t anymore… I deserve that though… I should have apologized sooner, tried to be less angry, done something but.. but… I Want Them to Punish Me! I DESERVE PUNISHMENT!! I HURT THE ONLY FAMILY I HAVE AND I CAN’T TAKE IT ANYMORE!! *SOB!!!*… *POP!!* AAAH!!”  
 
As Val started to sob again the older Valentine balled up her fist and decked her right in the eye socket with a vicious right jab, causing Val to cry out and grab her face.
 
“YOU HURT ME!” Val yelled.
 
“You’ve had worse! Now, stop sobbin’ and keep your voice down! Do it again, or wake those two girls who saved your life and I’ll dot both eyes next time!” Maria V growled.
 
Val rubbed the side of her face and angrily glared at her. She knew it would bruise, but she almost did not care, what pissed her off was her older self not being more understanding.
 
“There… There is some fire, finally.” Maria V said with a slight grin.
 
“You want me angry?!” Val growled questioningly.
 
“I want you to think and stop this poor me attitude! I did it for too long and wish someone would have decked me a few times! I’d have given anything for Hondo to have beat me like a rag doll, just once, to pound some sense into my head, but then again, he would not be the man we love if he had… Though I definitely was a bitch and definitely deserved it.” Maria V replied.
 
Val sighed and frowned sadly again, “You’re right… but What do I do? He won’t talk to me, Fernando won’t talk to me… I have no one!”
 
“He will, but it won’t be over in a moment… *sigh*” Maria V pinched the bridge of her nose and closed her eyes for a moment as she tried to will away her headache. “… Listen, YOU hurt him and YOU have a lot to fix, both in yourself still and in your relationship, but you have to apologize to him when he comes back, be contrite, and not come off as feeling sorry for yourself.”
 
“But.. I’m so broken inside..” Val said softly.
 
“I KNOW! … *sigh* I know, because I am too, but this cannot stop you! You Are Broken! Deal with it! … Learn to live with it! … If you think he isn’t broken over all this too, and doesn’t know that you are too, then you truly don’t know him! … I know my Hondo knows and, Lord bless him, he tried so hard to help me, despite his own brokenness… That’s what you need to do.. what we need to do… If we can learn to try to help others despite our brokenness, and let them help us, we will barely notice it one day, and even when it happens again, as we will get broke more than once, we will not hurt anyone with it again.” Maria V said sternly.
 
Val sighed, “I.. I didn’t think about him being broken like that too! … I’m such an idiot… I don’t.. I don’t know how to do this, though.”
 
“Don’t be too hard on yourself, as I don’t really either… I only came to terms with this fairly recently myself, but until I met you, I had not idea how bad we looked to others... I need to go find my Hondo soon, though the Russian Bounty hunters are still after me, so I’m stuck here for a while… I’ll try to help you if you help me, and you dedicate yourself to making things right with your family, alright?” She asked.
 
Val nodded, “I’ll try… thank you.”
 
Maria V shook her head, “Don’t thank me yet. Besides, you’re helpin’ me more than I’m helpin’ you! You’re a test case. We’ll see what works for you and I’ll learn from that and build on it, in hopes that I can find my own redemption.”
 
Val nodded, “I understand… *sigh*
 
Maria felt tired, but Val looked more exhausted than she felt.
 
“Listen, you need to try to sleep… Hondo will probably be in sometime this mornin’ and you need to be ready.” Maria V said.
 
Val nodded, “I know… He said he’d be in around breakfast time…. I’ll go use Zoey’s bed and try to sleep… You think Zoey will still call me mama?”
 
Maria V shrugged, “I don’t know, but that doesn’t matter as much as how you treat her. You owe her and Tonya a lot too, you know. Fernando will probably act like nothin’ happened, if you get right with Hondo and the girls, but you owe him and Macey a lot as well, but he will accept nothing, for himself at least, until you fix things here… Now, go rest.”
 
Val nodded and stood up, “I know… I’ll go try to sleep.”
 
Maria V nodded, “I’ll wake you before breakfast.”
 
Val nodded and retreated to Zoey’s bed. She lay staring at the ceiling for a long time but eventually her exhaustion took over and she fell into a restless sleep.
 
The older Valentine went back to cleaning again with a sigh. She was tired too, but she knew she could not sleep. The place was a wreck, though Ruth had done her best to keep the kitchen clean, the rest needed help as did the kitchen from those coming in and out that night, dripping water and mud across the floor as they came and went.  
 
She finished what she could without bothering the sleeping occupants by around 5 am, and settled back into the recliner. About 5:15 am a soft rapping was heard on the door so she got back up with a sigh, refastened the borrowed robe, and went to the door, cracking it open just a bit at first.
 
“Good Morning.” Ruth said as she stood at the door expectantly, with a basket full of ingredients under one arm.
 
“What’d ya want?” Maria V asked, not trying to be rude, but sounding a bit so.
 
Ruth was a bit taken back at first, “… I, uh.. I came to start breakfast... like we do every morning…. You alright, Val?”
 
The older Valentine opened the door, “Oh, sorry. I’m, uh, I’m Val’s older sister Maria, we met before.”
 
“Oh! I’m sorry. You and her look almost identical.” Ruth said as stepped inside.
 
The older Valentine pointed to a scar that went from her forehead down across one eye and onto her cheek.
 
“Look for the scar. That’s the fastest way to tell.” Maria V said.
 
“There must be a story there.” Ruth said, trying to make conversation as she set her basket on the counter.
 
“Motorcycle accident… I was always the wilder of the two of us.” Maria V said, only half lying.
 
True there was a motorcycle involved, actually several. She had gotten the scar from an injury gotten during an accident involving a bi-wing she was flying that was shot down. She crashed it into a group of motorcyclists that were coming after a couple of the others that she was flying recon for, taking out several of the bikers in the process and saving her group, though she almost died in the process. Fernando had put her back together again, though, but this was before she regained all her memories and turned into a complete angry bitch and pushed them all away.
 
Seeing that she was not getting anymore information on the subject, Ruth nodded, rolled up her sleeves, and started into working.
 
“Where is Val? She should be out and helping.” Ruth said.  
 
“She’s sleepin’ at the moment, and I figured we’d let her sleep a little longer…. She sorta, kinda tried to.. kill herself last night.” Maria V said nonchalantly.  
 
“SHE WHAT!?!” Ruth exclaimed, nearly dropping the pot she had in her hand.
 
“Settle down! She’s fine!... Those bunny girls, er, Kia and August I think were their names, they stopped her and got help.” Maria V replied.
 
“Kiah and April?” Ruth asked.
 
“Yeah, that’s them… Kiah grabbed the pistol and got shot in the process, and April hit Val over the head with an empty whiskey bottle, knocking her out.” Maria V replied.
 
“Is she alright!” Ruth asked in shock.
 
“I said she’s fine and sleepin’!” Maria V half growled.
 
“I meant Kiah!” Ruth retorted.
 
“Oh, yeah. Yeah, she’s fine. It was just a bullet graze. Her arm will be sore for a few days, but that’s all…. Speakin’ of those two, they are in sleepin’ on the big bed… They were up a bit late, but I should go wake them.” She replied, turning towards the bedroom.
 
“I’ll wake them!” Ruth said quickly passing the older Valentine.
 
Ruth was not sure about her, as something seemed off to her about this woman. She was sure Hondo would not let her stay if she was a danger to them, but she still felt uneasy about her. On top of that, she did not care for her gruffer mannerisms.  
 
The older Valentine shrugged, “Suit yourself. Once they are up I need to ‘steal’ some of my ‘sisters’ clothes, as all mine are back at the hanger.”
 
“You didn’t bring any with you?” Ruth questioned as she paused at the stairs to the loft.
 
“I was half asleep when Hondo roused me, after he learned that this milk-sop tried to off herself. I just sleep in underwear usually, and from the urgent sound of his voice, I just pulled on a t-shirt and ran out. He didn’t give me an option for anythin’ else, so it’s either walk around in just my dirty t-shirt and panties all day, or wear my ‘sisters’ clothes.” Maria V replied dryly.
 
Ruth just shook her head and climbed up into the loft.  
 
In the loft Kiah lay in just her panties on the bed, with part of a sheet over her belly, laying on her back with her arms and legs spread out. April was wrapped in a blanket and laid crossway across the bed and on her side with her head laying on one of Kiah’s breast.  
 
“Kiah.. April.. Time to get up.” Ruth called out as she turned on the loft light.
 
April groaned and snuggled deeper into the blanket at being called but did not wake, and Kiah did not even flinch.
 
“Kiah, April… I know you’ve had a long night, but time to get up.” Ruth called again, a bit louder.
 
“Mmmm…” April groaned as she rubbed her face against Kiah and pulled the blanket over her head.
 
“Come on, girls, Wake up!” Ruth said before grabbing Kiah’s leg and shaking her slightly.
 
“WHAT THE #$@!!!” Kiah yelled angrily, as she sat up quickly, dumping April off her quickly.
 
April woke with a start, from being dumped off her human pillow, and panicked as she could not find her way out of the blanket.
 
“Shit!!... Grrrahh!! What the..!!! I’m up! Ohh!” April exclaimed as she thrashed from the blanket and freed her naked body, only to realize she was hung over and fell back to the bed with a groan.
 
“What The #$@! Do You Want!!” Kiah growled.
 
“Don’t yell at me! It’s time to fix breakfast and you should be up! I know you both had a bad night, so I’ll forgive it this time, but yell at me again and I’ll spank you!” Ruth growled back.
 
April groaned, “oh, I feel sick.”
 
Kiah laid back down and turned her back to Ruth.
 
“Leave me alone!” Kiah growled sleepily.
 
Ruth smack Kiah ass hard Causing her to shriek and roll over almost on April, while shooting daggers with her eyes at Ruth.
 
“What the #$@! was that for?!?” Kiah half yelled.
 
“What’s with the attitude?!” Ruth growled, starting to get angry.
 
“Not so loud, please! … oh my head.” April moaned.
 
“What’s wrong?” Ruth asked her.
 
Kiah sat up groggily and glared at Ruth.
 
“Little miss lightweight can’t hold her liquor! I’d probably not gotten shot if she was more help and not such a lightweight!” Kiah growled.
 
Ruth took in the information but half ignored Kiah, “You going to be alright?”
 
April nodded, “ y.yeah. I just need a moment.”
 
 
“Alright, but hurry, as we have breakfast to make. Joanna and Esther are making bread for breakfast sandwiches, but we will need to do the rest, as they have a lot to make.” Ruth said looking at April before turning back to Kiah, “And I don’t know what bug crawled up you ass..!”
 
April’s soft voice cut her off, “Please don’t be angry with her… Kiah wakes up bad… It’s my fault for not being up to wake her… we usually do so no one else has too… I’m not sure she can help it. She was almost beaten to death by one of our handlers before for it, but even after she still was like this.”
 
Ruth turned to look at Kiah who still looked grumpy, but was seeming to mellow some.
 
“Is this true?” Ruth asked her.
 
“… yeah… I.. I can’t help it! When someone wakes me I.. I just feel mean and just react… sorry.” She said in a grouchy, low toned growl.
 
Ruth sighed and shook her head, “I don’t care. I just need you both out there and ready to help!”  
 
“Just. Give. Us. A minute. And. We. Will. Be. Out!” Kiah growled, though she tried not to.
 
Ruth sighed, “Fine. Just hurry as I need help.”
 
As Ruth turned and walked out Kiah flopped back onto the bed.
 
April moaned softly, “Oh I don’t feel good.”
 
“Can it, lightweight!” Kiah growled.
 
April whispered, “Why do you have to be so mean in the morning?”
 
Kiah sighed and frowned, “I.. I don’t know… I.. I just feel so angry when I wake up!!”
 
“You know Mr. Hondo won’t like it at all if you snap at him.” April said groggily.
 
“I know… I wish I could stop it, but I don’t know how.” Kiah said in a defeated tone. “… you going to me alright?”
 
“I.. I think so…” April said as she gingerly sat up, and grimaced at the light.
 
Her face started to turn green all of a sudden and she quickly climbed over Kiah and streaked to the bathroom. Kiah shook her head and muttered under her breath about April being a lightweight before standing up and groggily climbing out of the loft and heading to the main area.
 
 Ruth and the older Valentine turned to look as the sounds of someone hurrying out of the loft was head only to see a naked April streak out of there and into the bathroom, as she then proceeded to retch the remaining contents of her stomach up. Not long after a sleepy and bedraggled looking Kiah, hair a mess, face dirty, wearing only panties and a bandage on her arm, emerged.
 
“Where are your clothes?!” Ruth exclaimed.
 
“Don’t really have any. I had a robe, but can’t find it. My tank top from last night was muddy and wet.my panties are still damp, but I have them on at least.” She said in a less mean tone as she rubbed the sleep from her eyes.
 
“What were you doin’ last night that made your panties wet?” Maria V asked suspiciously.
 
Kiah shot her an angry and puzzled look, “What do you think?! Saving you from killing yourself!”
 
“That’s not Valentine. That’s her older sister, Maria.” Ruth said.
 
Kiah stared at her, blinking for a moment.
 
“Are you sure?” Kiah asked, sounding confused.
 
“She’s sure. And aside from all that, you shouldn’t be standin’ nude in the middle of her camper. What if Hondo or Fernando came in?” Maria V asked flatly.
 
Kiah shrugged, “I don’t care if Mr. Fernando sees me or not. It’s not like he doesn’t have enough girls to look at in his own camper. They probably all stripped down and dance naked for him whenever he wants, anyway. I know Mae would, at least, and Ichigo may play at being his daughter, but its not secret that she is horny for him. June is shy, but she seems to be in love with Mr. tall, dark, and grumpy so she’d probably take it all off and lay there for him if he told her to… Now, I’d not mind if Mr. Hondo wanted to come in and have a look. I’d gladly show him, since Val doesn’t seem to be giving him the attention he needs!”
 
The older Valentine stared at her for a moment with a calculating look, “… and you’re the one who saved her from killin’ herself?? … hmm… Why? Sounds like you’d rather have her dead and out of your way.”
 
Kiah frowned and her haughty, arrogance left her again as it did the night before.
 
“That’s unfair of you to say… You don’t know me at all… Yes I want Mr. Hondo to love me and hold me but never at the expense of her life… He’s man enough for more than one woman, that I know, and if she can’t share him and he can’t love more than one of us, then.. then I lose… I want to me loved and owned by a good man like him, but never at the expense of another’s life, so don’t assume that, ever!” She said quietly.
 
Ruth and Maria V were both taken back by her change of demeanor and the seriousness in her tones. The older Valentine even felt a bit bad, thinking about the Kiah that had been with them, who was thrown out of the caravan for annoying their Fernando too much, only to be raped and killed a couple days later. She always assumed she was just a shallow little whore who deserved it, since she had not taken her second chance after being rescued to be a good girl. There was a layer behind her seriousness that became extremely visible when she dropped her bad, tough girl façade. It was one of abuse, pain, and brokenness. Those were things the older Valentine understood well, and she regretted not seeing them in the one they had lost when she had been a younger, messed up woman traveling as her younger version was now.
 
“Be that as it may, you need to get dressed.” Ruth said, breaking the thick silence that hung in the air after she stopped talking.
 
The older Valentine stood up and pulled off her robe, leaving her completely nude, and putting the robe over Kiah’s shoulders. Ruth just stood wide-eyed at the naked woman, finding herself more jealous of the woman’s curves than being shocked. She also partly admired her boldness and lack of embarrassment. That she was bare, did not seem to phase her at all.  
 
“*sigh* … I’m sorry, girl. I jumped to conclusions and I am sorry. Here, you should be able to cover up with this and go get some clothes, right?” Maria V asked softly.
 
Kiah nodded, not seeming phased by the Val look-alike being nude either, leaving only Ruth to seemingly being affected by it.
 
“Does your sick friend need clothes too? I can go check on her while you go grab them.” she offered.
 
Kiah nodded, “Yeah. I’ll grab some for her too, and… thanks.”
 
Kiah pulled the robe fully over her and wrapped it around her as she went to the door, slipped on her shoes, and quietly exited, seeming like quite a different person than she had been when coming out of the loft; somber, quiet, and broken.
 
Ruth stared at the older Valentine for a moment, but she acted like she did not notice.
 
“I’d better go check on that other girl, what was her name?” Maria V asked.
 
“Uh.. oh, April!” Ruth half exclaimed as she turned back to the counter and started working as she tried to blot thoughts out of her mind that crept in there.
 
Ruth frowned a bit to herself, as she somehow felt a bit hornier from seeing Valentine’s doppelganger sister like this and the attitude at which she held herself, and a bit sad as she did not feel that she even closely measured up to her beauty and thus had no hopes of her fantasies with Hondo ever coming true. While it was not true that she was any less pretty, as Ruth’s dimensions were close to the same, her being a bit taller than Valentine and with slightly smaller hips, her own perception of herself saw herself as less desirable.  
 
The older Valentine nodded and strode to the bathroom, finding April breathing heavily as she lay slumped over the toilet.
 
“Are you alright, girl?” Maria V said as she knelt down and rubbed the girls back.
 
April nodded, “I.. I think so… my head hurts so bad.”
 
“What happened to get you like this?” Maria V asked.
 
“Miss Val, she.. she was gonna kill herself and ..and wouldn’t let us help her… Kiah.. she thought of a drinking contest to get her too drunk to do it but… *urf* .. but she’s better at drinking than we were… Kiah is way better than I am… I’m a weak, lightweight … *urf… urf* … I just wanted to help and now … *URF!*” April said softly into the porcelain bowl, pausing to dry heave occasionally.
 
“Don’t talk, just rest.” Maria V said as she stood up.
 
She went to the shower and started it, to get it warm.
 
“I’ll be right back.” She said as she left April where she was and hurried to the kitchen.  
 
Once there Ruth gave her a side-long glance, seeing she was still buck-ass naked, as she went to the refrigerator and grabbed a beer from it.
 
“A little early for that, isn’t it?” Ruth asked.
 
“Never had a breakfast beer before?” Maria V asked.
 
Ruth turned her eyes back to her work and shook her head, “Er, no. My family only drank on holidays as my uncle had a drinking problem, and our folks only let us start having a drink on holidays after we turned 18, so I only had a few holidays which I was allowed to… though a boy and I who were interested in each other stole a couple bottles of wine when we were 16 and snuck out in the barn to drank them… I got pretty hammered.”
 
“Facinatin’.” Maria V said drolly, “But this isn’t for me, it’s for April. She needs somethin’ to help or she won’t be of any help.”
 
“Oh.” Ruth replied, surprised by the care this woman was showing for April while yet still coming off as a cold bitch.
 
The older Valentine returned to the bathroom to find it starting to fill with steam as April stayed slumped over the toilet. She set the beer on the sink and got on down on one knee beside April again, putting one hand gently on Aprils arm and the other she used to rub the girls back.
 
“You think you can stand?” she asked.
 
April nodded silently so the older valentine helped her to her feet. She hunched over a bit as she stood up, swaying a bit on her feet and still looking a little green. The older Valentine popped the top on the beer bottle and held it out to her.
 
“Here, drink this.” Maria V said softly as she rubbed the girls back with her other hand again.
 
April shook her head and lightly pushed it away.
 
“You need to drink it. The carbonation will ease your stomach and the alcohol will ease the headache and body aches. Trust me. I drank a lot for a while, and had to figure out how to function the next day.” She urged softly.
 
April swallowed hard and gently took the bottle, taking a few small sips before taking a reasonable drink.
 
“Does that feel better?” Maria V asked.
 
April nodded and spoke softly, “A little.”
 
“Alright, you get a shower now. Relax under the water and finish the beer, then clean up. You should feel good enough to help then.” Maria V said softly as she guided the girl to the shower.
 
“Th.thank you.” April said softly as she let herself be led and slowly stepped into the shower.  
 
The older Valentine shut the shower door as April climbed in and then went to the sink to wash her face, and tie up her hair into a pony tail before exiting the bathroom. She left the door open a crack so she could hear better, in case the girl fell or something. She felt for her, as she had been there before, though her drinking had usually been out of despair and anger, instead of trying to help someone.  
 
Once out of the bathroom she went to the bedroom and grabbed some jeans, socks, and a tank-top, leaving out panties, as though it was a younger version of herself, it felt as if she was borrowing someone else’s underwear and that just felt wrong. She returned to the kitchen with the clothes in hand, dropping the socks and tank-top on the couch for the moment while she pulled on the jeans.
 
“I don’t understand you.” Ruth said quietly.
 
“Understand me?” Maria V queried, looking for further insight on what she meant.
 
 “You usually seem to act apathetic, then you snapped at me and Kiah like some cold bitch, then you act all sweet to Kiah after she goes all somber and take care of April like she is your sick child… I just don’t get you.” Ruth said flatly.
 
The older Valentine sighed as she buttoned the jeans and then sat down, pulling on her socks before the tank-top.  
 
It was not that she was trying to be immodest but though she did not look it she was over 100 years old, maybe even 120, though she had even lost track of time. Between all the years, hardships, anger, and spending five years in the Jurassic with nothing but a hand made spear and an animal hide loin cloth, she hardly felt a difference in being clothed or not, save for being warmer and more protected in clothing, and she felt the need for neither at the moment.
 
“Listen, you don’t know me, no one here really does. I’ll spare you my life’s story, but understand I’ve been through a lot. I know everyone here has to some degree but… let’s just say I’ve seen more… It’s not an excuse but just facts…. I.. I’ve been a bitch to a lot of people who cared about me because of my own hurt and.. and I I’ve only recently realized the extent of what I’ve done and become… I don’t try o be apathetic nor a frigid bitch, but I think I was for so long that I just gravitate back to that attitude! Maybe I use it as a defensive mechanism too, which is maybe partly why I softened towards Kiah as I see she does the same… that girl has seen a lot of hurt and is more broken than most here, but I think most miss it. I did until just a bit ago… maybe it takes someone who has gone through hell and tries to compensate for it with attitude to recognize someone else who is the same.” Maria V said quietly.
 
“We’ve all been through hell, though.” Ruth countered.
 
The older Valentine sighed, “*sigh* … I know and I’m not tryin’ to lessen what you went through, but try to understand that some have gone through more. You at least were not raped, force to sell you body, and have family still. How would you be if you never felt any real love for years, had no family left, were sold, mind, soul, and body to the highest bidder, and forced to please others, acting like you loved it the whole time while you watched others around you, those like you, falling ill from sexual diseases, being hurt and maimed, and killed, and some unfortunate enough to survive the beating to be tossed aside to dye slowly as cripples from starvation or by being #$@!ed to death in some dark ally by savage animals? I know little ‘bout Kiah, unfortunately, but I know about bunny girls, I know ‘bout pain, and I know ‘bout longin’. That girl puts on a tough act, and acts all flirty, and struts her body out there because that’s how she copes and hides how she really feels. It’s defensive armor to her. If I had any guess I’d say she is scared. Scared of what could still happen to her, scared she isn’t pretty enough, scared she will just be used and thrown away, scared that she will never be loved, and scared of being alone. The others are not far off from her, I bet, but somethin’ tells me she has gone through the most of the four of them and because of her façade, is the most misunderstood of the group too.”
 
Ruth hung her head for a moment, “Guess I’ve not put all that together, but it makes sense, though I’m not sure how you know what I’ve been through compared to her.”  
 
Maria V sighed, “You’d not believe me if I told you, but know that I do know what you’ve been through and that you, your sister, and your cousins are lucky compared to a lot of others… I know you are hurt and grieve and have every right too, but know that there are many who have had it worse.”
 
Ruth frowned, wanting to be angry at this woman for what she said, though every bit of it was true, though a bit forward for her liking. Her claiming to know what they went through, she would have taken as a lie had not everything else she said resonated as true. In truth, it just made Ruth find her all the more creepy and odd, but she was Valentine’s sister, so she tried to keep those feelings to herself.  
 
The older Valentine stood up and pulled on her shirt, just as the door to the camper opened as Kiah, with a bundle under her arm, let herself back in, followed by Mae, June, and Ichigo.
 
“Good morning!” Ruth said as the entered.
 
“Good Morning, Ruth!” Mae said cheerily.
 
“Morning.” June also answered, but in her normal timid way.
 
“Ichigo, you came over too? We could use the help, as we’re running late.” Ruth said.
 
“Oh, I can’t stay and help.” She replied.
 
“What a surprise.” Kiah mumbled loud enough for all to hear.
 
Ichigo shot her a dirty look before turning back to Ruth.
 
“Fernando has a girl he saved yesterday in his camper and he wants me to keep an eye on her, but he wanted me to tell you he was picking something up and would be back soon.” Ichigo said.
 
“Oh… alright, well… I guess we’ll manage.” Ruth said hesitantly, trying to be nice but getting frustrated with the lack of help.
 
With the wessen girls all holed up at the hanger, hiding from the anti-wessens in town, she had received little help. She knew it was not her business but Ichigo rarely helped and only seemed to hide in Fernando’s camper. She knew they owed Fernando too much to question him, just like they did Hondo, but she wondered why he let her get away with doing nothing all day. She wondered if she was giving her pussy up in exchange for doing nothing, though she just did not see Fernando agreeing to that, but after all she had put them through in fight town, it just seemed unfair to her for Ichigo to be allowed to hide all day while the others worked. She held her tongue, though, as she knew saying something would not help, and it was not her place.
 
“Alright. I’m off.” Ichigo said.
 
“To do nothing as usual.” Kiah retorted snidely.
 
“Kiah!” Mae scolded
 
Ichigo shot her another dagger like look before disappearing out the door, shutting it behind her.
 
“How does that little imp, bitch get away with not helping!” Kiah exclaimed.  
 
“Kiah! Stop!” Mae scolded again.
 
“You don’t get to scold me anymore! You threw me out last night!” Kiah growled at her.
 
“Ladies, enough! Now, I agree it doesn’t seem fair, but we all owe Fernando not to question why, so lets just get to work as we have a lot to do to get everyone fed!” Ruth said.
 
“Kiah, if Ruth didn’t throw you out, Miss Val would be dead, you know.” A sfot voice said from the bathroom doorway.
 
They turned to see a wet, weary looking April standing wrapped in a towel as the small hall between the kitchen and bathroom.
 
“Oh! I forgot to give you your clothes!” Kiah said as she unrolled the bundle she had under her arm still, showing she had wrapped up a skirt, t-shirt, panties, and socks inside the bathrobe the older Valentine had lent to her.
 
She set the robe on the couch and handed the clothes to April.
 
“Thanks, Kiah… I know you’re a good person but maybe you should let others see the real you more.” April said softly as she accepted the clothes.
 
Kiah shook her head.
 
“I don’t think anyone wants to see that. It’s not worth seeing.” She said quietly and sadly.
 
Mae stared at them both, feeling like she missed something important. She knew Val had tried to kill herself last night, but from the exchange and the attitude in the room, she felt that there was a lot more to it. She had asked Kiah when they met her at their camper to change but oddly, instead of spilling all the details, she shrugged them off and just said it was a bad night but it was over now, and she left it at that.  
 
“You alright, April?” Mae asked.
 
“Just a little hung over…. I’ll be fine.” She replied before heading back into the bathroom.
 
“What about you, Kiah?” Mae asked.
 
“Why?! Does something seem wrong with me?!?” She snapped.
 
Mae was taken a bit back at her reply, “Uh, I mean… maybe?”
 
Kiah sighed and looked down, her shoulders sagging a bit as she softly answered, “Sorry, it was just a long night and… I’d rather not talk about it all.”  
 
Mae frowned at her, not remembering seeing her like this in a long time, but she did not press further with others around. She then turned to the older Valentine with a concerned look.
 
“How are you doing, Val? I heard you had a bad night.” Mae asked.
 
The older Valentine looked at her questioningly, “Hmmm? Oh! Uh, no… no, that wasn’t me.”
 
Mae stared at her in confusion, “But.. but I heard…”
 
A groggy, familiar voice interrupted her, “I wasn’t her, it was me.”  
 
She turned to see a bedraggled looking Valentine with red eyes, and one with a bruise around it. Mae looked back and forth between them in confusion, unsure of what even to ask.
 
“That’s Val, this is her older sister, Maria. She’s a bit grouchy, but I think she understands us, somehow.” Kiah said, trying to slip back into her normal façade.
 
Val nodded as she plopped back to the couch, “Kiah’s right… on both things, sorta.”
 
The older Valentine ignored them and turned to Val, “Hondo could be by soon. As soon as April is out of the bathroom, you should shower and dress.”
 
Val nodded but did not get a chance to reply as April opened the door and came out still squinting.
 
“I’m out.” She said, sounding a bit groggy still.
 
“Feeling any better?” Kiah asked in a normal voice level.
 
“Ow… not so loud, please! My head throbs.” April replied.
 
“Can you help, or do you need to go lie down?” Ruth asked.
 
“I can help.” She replied quietly.
 
Ruth nodded, “Good, thank you. Go sit at the table and I’ll give you and June some things to chop….”
 
Ruth gave out the orders, as Val retreated to the bathroom to clean up, and the four girls started to help. The older Valentine offered her services as well, and Ruth put her to working on a gravy, ash she planned egg sandwiches, with vegetable for the wessens and with bacon and sausage for the meat-eater, with gravy bowls to dip them in, oatmeal, baked potato wedges, and fresh fruit.  
 
Time passed quickly, and though it seemed like only a couple minutes it was probably close to 20 minutes to half an hour, but a knock was heard at the doo to which Kiah jumped up and answered it, blocking the door with her body as she stood in front of it.
 
“KIAH! ONLY MISS RUTH OR MISS VAL CAN OPEN THE DOOR!” Mae yelled as Kiah opened the door.
 
“Well I Got it Open... And It’s That Mister Fernando With Two Teens With Bags Of Food!” Kiah says.
 
Ruth walks hurriedly to the door, almost pushing Kiah out of the way, “Oh, Fernando! I thought we were going to make breakfast...”
 
“Ichigo, Mae or June told you anything?” Fernando asks.
 
“Ichigo said that she’s watching somebody for you, and that you were getting something but no details on that.” Ruth says.
 
“I’ll deal with Ichigo then. She was supposed to tell you that I was getting breakfast for everyone but you ladies need to make the coffee and juice. But she is watching a new comer for me making sure that the Wessen Hater Gang does not find her in camp.” Fernando explains before he starts handing the bags of food to her. He adds “Also, I will be getting some of the lunch from the Asian Restaurant, and around 6o’clock I’ll be getting more sandwiches and soups for the ladies to prepare Go bags for when we leave this place this evening.”
 
“Go bags?” Kiah says from behind.
 
“Meals you eat while driving from town to town on long trips. They are also called ‘Meals On The Go.’” Fernando says to be heard.
 
“Oh...” Kiah says before letting out “I still don’t get it.”  
 
“Anyways. Ruth, there is a veggie sandwich in there for the one Ichigo is watching, so I’ll pick up later 2 meat sandwiches and that 1 veggie sandwich with 2 juice drinks and 1 coffee. The Den mother and her kids are at the hanger with all the Wessen kids, so there is nothing there for them. It is just us, Maribelle and the Teens.” Fernando explains, “You can send one of the bunny girls with my order and knock three times so I know who it is and not General Jastrey or somebody else wanting my attention. Lastly, I’m taking the Bunny girls at 9 o’clock for a meeting with them and the other new comers.”
 
“They should be done with breakfast by then.” Ruth says.
 
“Thank you.” Fernando tells her.
 
“No, thank you! Without you, we would be starving!” Ruth says.
 
“I’ll see you guys later then. I have to do other things. And let me know if you need fuel or water for your vehicles. I’ll do what I can for you and the others.” Fernando tells her.
 
“I’ll let you know.” Ruth replies.
 
“See you then.” Fernando says to her.
 
“See you...” Ruth says before closing the door.

 
(To be continued …)
Back to top
 
 

Well the cowboy, like the red man, you had to leave your land
You can't raise your stock and plant your crop in the gumbo and the sand
Greed disguised as progress has put us to the test
They won't be glad until we're gone from our home out in the west
It's sad to see those good old days replaced with greed and doubt
Soon we'll leave the country, the campfire has gone out
Bid 'em all adieu, you can't turn the world about
The cowboy left the country, the campfire has gone out
View Profile WWW   IP Logged
Fernando
YaBB Administrator
*****
NY City




Posts: 2380
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2938 - Sep 16th, 2023, 4:57pm
 
[Escape from Junktown, Highway I-15 from Salt Lake Junktown to Idaho Falls ]
 
[Around 12noon, some 60 miles from Idaho falls in I-15]
 
Francisco pulls over, though despite the girls having to go to the bathroom, he has been holding his in for as long as he can and can hold it no more. Like before, he slows down and pulls into the grassy areas before shutting off the tricycle and heading off into the tall grass to do his business.
 
Tamara decides to open the door of the camper to see what is going on only to be yelled at by Maria to close it. But Tamara thinks she is slick by trying to open the camper’s other door, only to be caught and yelled at by Maria again. Tamara goes back to the first door on the right, opening it and sticking her head out, only to be yelled by Maria again.
 
“What are you doing, Tamara!” Maria yells at her.
 
“I need to know what’s going on!” Tamara yells back at her.
 
“You do not need to know what is going on! Now get back inside and lock the door!” Maria yells at her.
 
Francisco starts heading back to the tricycle/camper from doing his business in the tall grass. He looks at Tamara with the camper door open, “What is going on?”
 
Tamara throws back as he approaches the camper, “I need to know what is going on!”
 
“You do not need to know what is going on unless you want to go back to the grass and hold onto my dick while I take a piss and then you can suck and lick it clean afterwards before I shove it into your damn cunt. Now close the door. There are many wild critters here that can jump inside and I am not going to chase Rope Dogs that get into the camper because of you opening the door.” Francisco tells her.
 
“But...” Tamara tries to interject.
 
“But Nothing! Get back inside and lock the door! I have to do a few things to the motorcycle before we can continue.” He tells her as he steps up to the camper’s door.
 
“Are we broken down?!!” Tamara asks in near panic.
 
Francisco reaches to Tamara and pushes her inside by the shoulder and slams the door shut and locks the door from the outside, though she could unlock it from the inside. He yells at from through the closed door, “Open A Door And Try To Get Out And You Will Be Left Behind!”
 
Tamara stews inside the camper with Darlene trying to stay out of Tamara’s way. Francisco opens the rear of the camper where the outdoor kitchen area is and washes his hands before gathering what few food items he has. If it were just him and Maria, he has food for almost a week, but with Tamara and Darlene, he figures that he has about 3 days of food and that is if he gives out meager rations. He manages to make a few sandwiches with the bit of bread, cheese and meat he has.
 
Darlene stays quiet as Tamara continues to stew in her place. A sliding panel opens from behind their head. Francisco reaches in with a metal canteen of water, telling them, “Here is some water for the both of you.” He then reaches in with a plastic plate with a couple of sandwiches on it, “It’s not much but it is all I have. Complain about it and you will be left behind. Enjoy and do not make a mess or again, you will be left behind.”  
 
Darlene takes the plate and says “Thank you!”
 
In a couple of minutes, the right side Camper door opens and Francisco sits Maria on the edge of the door way before getting her a small plastic plate and canteen of water to eat and drink from. He begins on his meal once the girls were given theirs first. It only takes them about 10 minutes for them to have their meal. He takes their plates and closing the sliding panel, securing it from the kitchen side so no one would be able to go into the kitchen without his permission. He allows them to have canteen of water.
 
The camper side door is closed and locked, and they continue on their way.
 
[Around 2PM]
In a couple of hours they pass a rusted highway sign, “Idaho Falls – 50mi.” He slows down and pulls into a grass over-grown area and continues for several minutes until he was several hundred yards from the highway. He pulls over into a clearing and shuts the engine off. He pulls out his map and looks at the roads travelled, and the towns passed along the way. The camper door opens with Tamara coming out.
 
As Francisco studies his map, Tamara steps up to him, putting her hand on the map to push it down, almost ripping it.
 
“You gonna get us more food?” Tamara demands.
 
Francisco folds up the map while he scowls at her, “Do that ever again and I will leave you behind.”
 
“I doubt you will. Leave me behind and I will snitch to whoever finds me that you are an escaped slave with a reward on your head!” Tamara tells him.
 
Francisco lifts his ass off the seat for a moment and pockets the map in his right rear pocket of his pants. He then reaches beside the left side of the tricycle and pulls out the cross bow and aims it to her forehead, “I said I would leave you behind. Whether I leave you behind dead, alive or dying is on you. Since you decided to make a threat against us, I will kill you and leave your rotting corpse behind for the coyotes and vultures to fight over and eat at your flesh. Now shut up and get back in the camper before I kill you here and now.”
 
Tamara stands there shaking in her place.
 
He yells at her “GET INTO THE CAMPER! NOW!!!”
 
Tamara unfreezes and runs back into the camper. Darlene steps out of the camper, stepping up to Francisco.
 
“Francisco, I need to go to the bathroom.” Darlene asks him.
 
“Go ahead. I’ll wait for you.” He tells her, pointing to the over-grown grass in the area in front of them where he can keep an eye on her. She goes into the grass, squats down and does her business.
 
Maria asks him to help her get down. He does and she goes into the grass near Darlene to do the same thing of relieving herself in a bathroom break. She comes back sooner than Darlene and stands in front of Francisco.
 
“How much longer?” Maria asks.
 
“Another couple of hours before we go into a large town. I need to listen to the chatter box to see if there are slavers looking for us. If not, I’ll find a spot for us to be in and sleep in the camper and get a job for a couple of days to get food and things for us. Before we leave and go to the next town further north.
 
Maria replies “Alright.”
 
Francisco helps Maria back onto the back seat as Darlene goes into the camper. He then checks camper door, opening it and looks inside. He tells them “We should be entering a town in four hours or so. I’ll see about getting food and a job to make money for food and things before we leave to go north to avoid the slavers.” He turns to Tamara, “We are going to behave, right?!!”
 
“Yeah, whatever.” Tamara tells him.
 
“Give me any problems, and I will leave you behind – dead, dying or alive. If you need to go to the bathroom, go now and I will wait. If you don’t go and you pee in my camper, I will leave you behind.” Francisco tells Tamara.
 
She looks at him.
 
Darlene tells her, “Go pee in the grass, I’ll make sure he won’t leave us.”
 
Tamara looks at her as Darlene nods at her. Tamara goes by Francisco and into the grass to use it as a toilet.
 
Francisco looks at Darlene, “If it is safe, we will be sleeping in town for a couple of nights. Maria and I will be in here sleeping. We do not have the money for renting a room, and if we did, we will be sleeping on the same bed. So you I can trust, speak to Tamara while I drive us to the town. She bitches and complains about me and Maria sleeping in my bed in my camper, she can leave, or I will leave her behind. This is my camper, and this is my bed.”
 
“I’ll have a talk with her.” Darlene tells him.
 
“Good. And thank you.” Francisco tells her.
 
He was about to step out and wait for Tamara beside the camper, but Darlene calls for him.
 
“Francisco?” Darlene calls to him.
 
“Yes, Darlene?” He asks looking into the camper.
 
Darlene opens her legs while lifting up her skirt and points to her panty covered self, “When do we have to service you?”
 
Francisco sighs before replying, “When we get to a place where there are no slavers to worry about, you can service me then, even then, it is something I do not want you to do for me unless it is something you want to do, not because I demand it from you.”
 
“Francisco, why are you so nice? I mean, the Master and some of the men on the pile demanded us water girls to service them, all the time.” Darlene says with a tear running down her face.
 
“I’ve been on the piles longer before any of you girls here were born. I have seen many water girls get beaten and raped in the piles, some even killed. But I always defended the water girls, because, without the water and food you girls gave out, a man can die out in the piles. So you girls helped keep me alive. I owe you girls for that. But any boy or man on the pile I catch trying to harm a water girl, I took care of. Those Panty Boys from Nicolaz’s pile that the Master killed? I told the Master that they tried to take and rape Maria. He talked to Maria about what happened and then he went to Nicolaz’s pile and took the Panty Boys that tried to rape Maria and killed them then and there.” Francisco explains.
 
“Francisco, if you want me to service you while we all sleep in here, I’ll do it for you.” Darlene tells him.
 
“Save it for the next town. We are far from the piles, but the slavers could try to find us here. We will be safer in the next town.” Francisco tells her.
 
Darlene smiles momentarily before Tamara tells Francisco to move out of the way and climbs into the camper. She can see that Darlene has her legs open in displaying what she has to offer to Francisco. Before she can say a word Francisco closes the door to the camper and locks it, though they can unlock it from the inside. Tamara was about to unlock the door and step outside before she heard the tricycle’s engine turning on followed by the camper lurching forward. In under a minute the bumpy ride becomes smooth as they reenter the highway, continuing along near the center of the road at an average of 35mph.
 
The chatter box (CB Radio) slowly comes to life the closer they get to town but until they there was at least a couple hours of riding. Most of the talk was about highway conditions and who is travelling in what direction but there was no talk of anyone looking for escaped slaves. Though it did not trouble him, he was still weary of possibly anyone wanting to claim a reward on him and the girls.
 
The distance and time count down the closer they get to the city. But it is still an almost 2 hour ride to get there.
(Time for Francisco’s group - 2:30ish PM and ticking as they ride down the highway)
 


 
[10-ish AM, Harris-Layton Farm Ranch]
 
Russell works around the remains of workshop putting in the final touches to the tractor and hay cart. Breaking the lock on a tool drawer, he finds inside something he only sees a few times a year: several small hand-held radios - Uniden GMR635-2CK, an ancient and tiny GRMS walk-talkies.

 
Russell knows these radios being used by the farm hands and Wessens when it is planting and harvest time around the farm area of the ranch and are very familiar with them. He checks them out, finding the batteries on them with a 75% charge and on the same channel “20.” The drawer has about 12 radios, but he only needs a few of them. Looking around, he finds a few fanny belt packs and pulls them out. He packs them with three radios into three of the fanny packs, and two in one fanny pack that he puts on. He then puts one on the button strip of his shirt through the belt clip.
 
Taking the radios to the girls, he explains to them how to use them while they are on the road and need to contact him. With food, (minimal) weapons and radios, they get to the tractor and hay wagon. Russell helps the girls get into the hay wagon and get them under the blanket covers, partially covered by hay to hide them from prying eyes. He starts the tractor and pulls out of the workshop, down the dirt road of the ranch and turning left onto the road, heading North in hopes of reaching the Indian Village in a few hours.
 
(Time for Russell and his group: 11:45AM)
 
- - - -  
Notes:
-      Minor Edition and additions from original text on Francisco’s entry
-      I-15 from Salt Lake to Idaho Falls to route 20 to Yellowstone to Montana to meet with Fernando’s convoy in the future.
-      Uniden gmr635-2ck is a small GMRS Handheld 2-Way Radio made around 2005 to 2015; it has half watt of power and about 2 – 5 mile range depending on conditions. In open spaces like the ranch, 10 – 15 mile range is common.
Back to top
 
« Last Edit: Sep 18th, 2023, 12:35am by Fernando »  
View Profile   IP Logged
Hondo I. Sackett
YaBB Administrator
*****
Behind you!




Posts: 1349
Gender: male
Re: After Chaos
Reply #2939 - Sep 26th, 2023, 4:22pm
 
Hondo sighed and shook his head as he headed for the girl’s room. He was not sure what he was going to do about Maggie or what to do for her, but he owed her. Though Molly seemed down for him taking on other women, he was not sure taking on and trying to love someone as broken as Maggie was, was something he could handle right now. Though he owed her, he did not love her, though he did feel bad for her, liked her to a point, and wanted to help her. Hopefully all this would be temporary and they would find a way to help her and ease her fears. Having sex with her was not on the top of his list of ways to help her, but it might be the best option for now, as long as he was not in the same bad frame of mind as he was the night before. He felt he was losing a part of himself lately with all this, but he was doing what was needed, and last night he needed to #$@! away some stress, and soon Maggie might need him to #$@! away her heat, or at least lessen the symptoms by doing so. If she had not been so messed up and scared and trying so hard to be better and amend her ways, he would have not considered it but she seemed to be a special case. He hoped she would be the worst of them, but with other wessen in their care, two of them being his adopted daughters, he felt that things would only get more complicated as time went on, not less complicated as he would like.  
 
He stopped at the girls’ door and knocked softly first before opening it a crack.
 
“Time to get up, girls.” He called in through the cracked open door.  
 
With no response to his calling out he opened it further and slipped in and closed it behind him. Tonya lay sprawled out on the top, still without a stich of clothing on and the blanket now just over her eyes. He did not blame her as she had fur, the room was fairly warm still, and he knew she was a little furnace from when she slept with him those few times to ward away night mares. He grimaced slightly though, as he worried that she too was maybe coming into heat, but hoped she was not yet at least. Zoey lay on her side, facing Macey, a sheet pulled up to her neck and the blanket over her legs as she snuggled into Macey’s chest. Macey lay facing her, her feet sticking under the blanket that Zoey mostly hogged, but underutilized, and snuggled deep into her hoodie with her arm over Zoey holding her, unconsciously in her sleep, as if somehow protecting her. He could not help but smile at them, as they looked so cute and innocent cuddled up together, more like twin sisters than friends. He hoped they would stay good friends for a long time and that Macey would stay in their lives, as he cared about her and enjoyed her being around just about as much as he did Tonya and Zoey. Despite the troubles, hardships, and worries they all had brought him, they brought him more peace and contentment, and their love was a high prize indeed.  
 
“Tonya, come on, girl… time to get up.” He called out to her, but she just groaned and rolled to her side, turning her backside to him.
 
He bent down and lightly touched Macey’s shoulder, “Macey, sweetheart, time for you an’ Zoey to wake up.”
 
Macey groaned and sat up sleepily, her hair all a mess, before cracking an eye open to look at him.
 
“Uncle Hondo?” She asked Groggily.
 
“It’s me, little lady. Breakfast is here an’ we have a lot to do today. I need you girls up, ready, eatin’, an’ then helpin’ today. Molly can’t do a lot on her own so I want you two helpin’ her when she comes down.” He said as Macey stared at him through one slit eye, trying to process everything he said, but struggling to do so yet.  
 
“Papa?” Zoey called out sleepily from her cotton cocoon as she tried to roll over, which took some effort.
 
“Yeah, Kitten, it’s me. You an’ Macey should put on your robes, go use the bathroom by the kitchen, an’ get cleaned up then dressed. Breakfast is ready too, so need to get it while it’s hot. When Molly comes down, you two will be with her today.” He said.
 
She fully rolled to her back and managed to get the sheet off before sitting up and nodded, “Yes papa.”
 
Zoey’s eyes were both open and alert after just a few seconds, being more of a morning person than Macey was, though she had her days when she woke up hard and was grumpy. As she entered puberty, he knew that would only get worse.  
 
Macey plopped back down with a groan and a sigh as she tried to wake up, and Zoey crawled out of the bed, her tail up, lifting her shirt a bit at the back, as it flicked a bit absentmindedly, instead of curled down around her leg, as it usually did when she tried to hide it. She stretched a bit before launching into Hondo and wrapping her arms around him.
 
“Morning, papa. I love you.” She purred into his chest.
 
He picked her up and held her for a moment tightly to him, kissing her cheek before replying.
 
“G’mornin’, Kitten. I love you too… you sleep well?” He asked.
 
She nodded, “I did! … can we go see Mama now?”
 
He frowned a bit as he had half forgotten that she had asked to go, and he needed to before the meeting started.
 
“Hmm, I guess I said you could, but you need to wash up, dress, an’ grab your breakfast at least, an’ You need to sit in the vehicle until I talk to her first. I’ll tell you when you can come see her, alright?” He replied seriously after a moment.
 
She nodded, “Okay, papa… Can Macey come too?”
 
He shook his head, “No, I think Macey should stay with Tonya for now. We won’t be long anyway. Now, you get Macey an’ both of you go wash up.”
 
He kissed her cheek again and set her down.
 
“Okay, Papa!” She said as she grabbed her robe and pulled it on, before grabbing Macey’s arm and half dragging her out of bed. “Come on, Macey!”
 
Macey sleepily growled at her as she stumbled out of bed, “Hold on! I only have the hoodie on!”
 
“It’s almost to your knees, so you butt’s covered. Go wash up, then get back here an’ get dressed.” Hondo told her, before glancing back as the fur covered ass facing his direction, “I still have to wake Tonya, an’ that might be a chore.”
 
Macey sighed but gave in and let Zoey pulled her out of the room and to the bathroom as she was still not awake enough to protest further. Luckily for them the bathroom was unused, as the other kids generally used the upstairs common bathroom since it was closer to their rooms, instead of the downstairs common bathroom of which was between the empty offices, the storage room, the unused bunkroom from where most of the mattresses had been borrowed from for the older kids, and the small bedroom the girls was using.  
 
After they left Hondo turned his attention back to Tonya, calling out to her again.
 
“Tonya, I know you were up late, but I need ya up an’ goin’.” He said a bit louder. She rolled back onto her back with another grown and pulled the blanket firmly over her head.
 
“Girl, I know how hard mornin’s can be but you really need to get up.” He said shaking his head before grabbed her leg.
 
The feeling of someone grabbing her startled her awake, to which she kicked out, and tried to jump up but instead fell off the top bunk, with Hondo barely catching her and holding her upright to keep her from falling, as she fought him in a panic.
 
“Let me go! Let me go!” She yelled as she struggled.
 
“Girl, it’s me! Settle down!!” He half yelled as he tried to snap her out of it.
 
She looked up at him, wide eyed, as her brain tried to process what was happening. She shook from the adrenaline that coursed through her to the point he could feel her trembling very easily.
 
“P.p.papa??” She said weakly.
 
“It’s alright sweetheart, it’s me.” He replied soothingly.
 
She collapsed against him and held onto him.
 
“S.s.sorry… y.you sc.sc.scared me.” She stammered.
 
“Bad dream?” He asked softly.
 
She nodded, Y.yeah… I kept dreaming they were after us again, the slavers… they.. they wanted to do horrible things to me and Zoey and.. and we couldn’t find you… *sigh* Sorry, papa… I guess I just was sleeping too hard. Normally I don’t wake that bad. I wake hard but…”
 
She shivered a bit as the thoughts raced through her and the adrenaline rush started to recede. She stepped back after a moment and looked at him before looking down at herself. Though it was hard to see with her fur, he got the distinct impression that she blushed a bit, as she covered her crotch with her hands.
 
“S.sorry! I f.forgot I slept without anything!” She stammered quickly.
 
He chuckled and shook his head, “Don’t worry. I knew.”
 
“You.. you’re not mad?” she asked.
 
He shook his head, “No. I understand the fur makes things hot, just make sure you have panties on if sleepin’ in the camper’s common area, as people come in an’ out at odd hours. I’ll see ‘bout maybe movin’ Zoey to the back seat bed of the truck, an’ put the curtains up for her, since it has more room for when Macey sleeps over an’ let you use Zoey’s bed nook so you have more privacy. I don’t mind you bein’ in little to nothin’ round us, your family, but don’t want others ooglin’ ya or thinkin’ what you have is up for grabs, understand?”
 
She nodded and relaxed a bit, “I understand… thank you.”
 
She still trembled a bit, but managed to grab her robe and pull it on. “I would have worn panties last night, but I’m out of laundry, though it feels better to sleep without them. When we were slaves most of us slept in nothing as we washed out clothes before bed and let them dry while we slept. Guess I’m more used to it.”
 
“You’re the second one to tell me that this mornin’. Guess I’ve not had to wake you all before, but last few nights have taken a toll on everyone, I reckon. Like I said, I don’t mind you sleepin’ like that an’ want you comfortable to show your body to me if needed, but can I ask why you are runnin’ out of clothes?” He asked.
 
She frowned, “Well, I have some still at the camper, but I’m not exactly welcomed back there, and I guess me being a little bitch hasn’t helped… not exactly got a lot done but sit in the room and cry for a few days there, then after that everything was just crazy.”
 
He nodded, “Understand. I told the girls to stick with Molly an’ help her when she comes down. I want you too as well, an’ maybe help her with washin’ some clothes… also keep the girls out of my room for right now. Molly needs rest an’ there are a couple of those lady soldiers sleepin’ in there as well.”
 
Tonya’s eyes got a bit big and she raised an eyebrow at him, “Why? What happened?”
 
“That’s not your concern, an’ I’ll ask you to leave it alone, though you’ll find out ‘bout some of it sooner or later.” He said sternly.
 
She frowned and looked down as she pulled the robed around her more tightly, fidgeting a bit from his hard tone and slightly raised voice. She did not know if it was just her or the others too, but even when not directed at her, whenever he raised his voice she trembled a bit, as though he trusted him, he still scared her at times.  
 
He sighed at her reaction and put an arm around her, pulled her against his side.
 
“Listen, girl, I don’t expect you to accept, understand, or like everythin’ I tell you to do or that I do or say, but some thin’s I just need you to listen to me an’ trust me on, especially if you trust or love me at all.” He said in softer tones.
 
She nodded, “I do love and trust you, papa, I do! I just… *sigh* I’m not a little kid… I know you say Hector is bad, and I’m trying to believe it because you and Uncle Fernando do, but… he treated me like an adult… like a woman… I.. I want to be your daughter, but I also do not want to be treated like a kid… I know I have a lot to learn, as all I know is being a slave, but I was a slave! I was a fighter! I have been raped, starved, and beaten, beaten many times to where I was not sure I would live! I.. I managed to protect Zoey all but that last time and I almost got us away from the slavers, though I would have failed without you. Papa, I know I need you and have a lot to learn from you, but I’ve been through a lot and seen a lot. We all have! I’m not a little girl who needs the world hidden from her. Just.. just please be honest with me, don’t treat me like a kid, teach me what you can, and hold me when I have bad days and night mares, and help me when I have problems, and I’ll trust you to the ends of the earth and love you for as long as I live.”
 
He sighed, “You’re not wrong, an’ maybe I’ve been treatin’ you like too much of a child, but answer me this, with how you treated me, Jefe, Minerva, an’ others, did you not deserve it? Were your outbursts not child like? I know Val hurt you badly, but you’re not alone in that. Don’t you think you should have ignored Hector’s poison words against me an’ came to me for comfort instead, to get through all this?”
 
She closed her eyes for a moment and tried to hold back the tears as she knew he was right.
 
“I’m sorry, papa… You are right…. I guess I let being free go to my head and instead of cherishing all you’ve done and working to deserve to be treated like an adult, I acted like a spoiled brat for not getting what I wanted… I deserve being treated like a child, but please don’t. Beat me for punishment if you need to, but please don’t treat me like a kid anymore. I’ll do better, I promise!” She said quietly.
 
He sighed, “I’ll give you another chance, but understand you still have a lot of trust to rebuild with me an’ with Fernando. You still owe Minerva an apology too.”
 
She nodded, “And Uncle Fernando, if he’ll even let me call him that anymore… *sigh* I didn’t mean for all this to happen… I never wanted this, to hurt him, you, or anyone… I.. I just didn’t see what I was doing.”
 
“You’re not the only one.” He said.
 
“Val?” She asked.
 
He sighed and nodded, “Yeah… Look, I don’t want you to think less of me or her, but I’m trustin’ you with this info an’ if anyone else hears it from you, then you’ll completely lose my trust, alright?”
 
She nodded and waited quietly.
 
“Those two ladies an’ I had some physical relations last night, that’s why they are sleepin’ there.” He said matter of fact like.
 
“What about Molly?!” Tonya half exclaimed.
 
“She was there, though she couldn’t participate. Savin’ Macey hurt her a lot more than she let on at first. Those biker assholes really hurt her bad, an’ if not for the medicine that Jefe gave her, she might not have made it honestly… Truth is, she wanted me to fool round with those gals an’ they wanted to with me out of some misplaced hero worship. One of them is half wessen an’ the other full wessen, though that had nothin’ to do with it for me, though probably had everythin’ to do with it for them… Jefe an’ I savin’ y’all an’ helpin’ free others an’ stop slavery in some towns had made us legends to some like them, I reckon. It’s not what I wanted, but it happened. Anyway, Molly has been after me to get back with Val as she knows I still love her, but after all Molly an’ I have been through in the last few weeks … Well, I love her too now, an’ want her with me too, whether Val makes things right or not. She thought if I gave into their hero worship fantasy that she could see if me bein’ with another woman was too much for her to bare.” He said.
 
“So, you did for her?” Tonya asked, feeling confused as that seemed to go against a lot he had said in the past.
 
She liked the thought of him trying to make both Molly and Val happy, even though she still felt really hurt about Valentine’s last words to her, but despite that, she still cared about Val a lot.
 
He shook his head, “No, it’s a lot more complicated than that…. You see, … Val tried to commit suicide last night.”
 
“What!?! NO!” Toya exclaimed as she pulled away from him to look at his face to see if he was making a sick joke or not.  
 
Unfortunately, he could not hide his own pain from those words well enough, and the anguish that shown through was all she needed to know it was true.
 
He looked away as he thought about the night before and swallowed hard before nodding, “Yeah… Two of those Bunny girls, uh, Kiah an’ April, they stopped her an’ called Jefe after one of them knocked Val out with a whiskey bottle to keep her from fightin’ them… *sigh* … Jefe called me an’ … an’ I’m not proud of it but I did not handle it well.”
 
“What happened?” Tonya asked quietly as she looked up into his averted eyes, expectantly.  
 
He shook his head, “I don’t know… I sort of snapped… Reckon I’m not as strong as some think I am, at least night ‘bout some things… I told Val I’d talk to her today, or rather screamed at her that I’d talk to her today… Her ‘twin’ that has been workin’ on that flyin’ shit-heap in the hanger, I left her there to watch over her… *sigh* I.. I have to go talk to her this mornin’, but I’m still not sure what I’m gonna say… Last night, though I was so angry an’ hurt… I gave into those two ladies an’ fulfilled their fantasy to curb my own anger and frustrations. I’m not proud of it, though I won’t deny it helped me an’ was pleasurable… I don’t want that for you girls, though… I know it seems hypocritical of me, but I want better for you girls than what I’ve done, what I am, or let myself become… I’m sorry for lettin’ you girls down like that…”
 
Tonya launched back into him and hugged him tightly, “You’ve never let us down, Papa! I can’t imagine what you’re going through, though I know how hard you fight for us all… I want to be a good girl for you, but I understand needing something more… You deserve more, papa, and I don’t think less of you for what you did… I know you don’t just don’t play around with women for your own pleasure, or use whores or anything, despite the horrible things I said when I was angry! I’m sorry for making you not feel like you’re good enough for us and for us not being enough for you!”
 
He held her against himself and sighed, “*sigh*… Don’t let what I do make you think you girls are not enough for me. You an’ Zoey are. Val would have been if she hadn’t hurt me so badly. Molly would be if she let herself be, but she insists I try to let Val back in… All I ask is for you girls to trust me, obey me, try to be good, an’ to be the best women you can be, despite my failin’s.”
 
She nodded into his chest as she still held onto him tightly, “We will, Papa! We will try, and I’m sorry I make things harder on you! I .. I got so lost in my own feelings that I did not think about how hurt you were, nor how much I was adding to it! Forgive me, Papa, please… If you forgive me and love me, I’ll do my best to forget Hector and will never fight you or Uncle Fernando on him ever again, and just try to make up for being a bad daughter, no matter what I need to do for you or to prove it!”
 
“I already forgave you, girl, but makin’ good on that promise an’ askin’ Minerva an’ Fernando for forgiveness will go a long way to helpin’ restore my trust in you.” HE said.
 
She pulled back, looked up at him, and nodded, “I will. I promise! … Will uncle Fernando come here today?”
 
He nodded, “He’ll be here ‘round nine for a meetin’.”
 
“You seen Minerva today?” She asked.
 
He nodded, “She an’ some of the others are settin’ breakfast out.”
 
Tonya looked down for a moment then back up at him, “Would you go with me while I apologize to her?”
 
He nodded, “I reckon, but then I need to go see how Molly is doin’ an’ then head out as soon as Zoey gets her breakfast… You want to get dressed first?”
 
She shook her head as she tightened her robe around her body, “No, I want to do it now… I want to prove that I am sorry and want to be a loving older daughter, and not a spoiled child.”
 
He nodded, “Alright, but you do all the talkin’.”
 
She nodded as he opened to door and held it open for her to go out in front of him. She swallowed and walked out, clutching the robe together and staring at the floor in front of her as she walked towards the kitchen, as she felt a bit embarrassed about the whole deal. She found it easier to pour herself out to Hondo, as even though he scared her at times, there was no doubt left in her mind that he did love her. As she walked she could hear his steps behind her, that reassured her, but as they approached the kitchen all eyes seemed to turn towards them and conversation stopped, which made her feel even more self-conscious.  
 
As they approached, the girls in the kitchen stopped working and turned their attention to the approaching two. Hondo striding towards them with a purpose in his step was not new, but Tonya wearing just a robe, ears down, and half staring at the floor made them curious. Though they really did not know her, the girls had heard enough about her antics as of late, with only Minerva having any sort of connection to the ordeal.
 
“M.minerva, c.can I talk to you for a moment?” Tonya stammered a bit awkwardly.
 
Minerva took a couple of steps towards them, looking more at Hondo, expecting something from him, than from Tonya.
 
“Yes? What’s going on?” Minerva asked warily after a moment.
 
“Minerva I.. I … *sigh* I’m sorry…” Tonya said a bit quietly.
 
“Sorry?” Minerva asked, seeming confused by it all.
 
The other girls completely stopped all activity as they looked on curiously, not hiding their interest in the situation, which just made Tonya feel more embarrassed and awkward.
 
“For.. for what I said about you a few days back when.. when I called you a whore.” Tonya said quietly.
 
“Oh that! Yeah, that wasn’t very nice! I’ve done a lot of things for the kids to help and protect them, but that was uncalled for! And falling for …” Minerva started to say haughtily before stopping and swallowing hard from the darts Hondo was shooting her with his gaze. “Uh, I mean, yeah, that was pretty hurtful.”
 
“*sigh*.. I know, and I am sorry… I was very angry, hurt, and confused at the time. Val pretty well rejected me after I thought she cared about me, and when Hector found me he.. he said all these things about humans and about what they wanted with us and… and with all the hurt I was feeling I… I don’t know… He knew things, it seemed like, and predicted certain things that seemed to happen, but they weren’t at the same time and I just started questioning everyone and feeling like I was a slave again or worse, with no escape but through him , and I just lost it!.. It’s not an excuse for what I did, though, and I am sorry. If you can’t forgive me, I understand.” She replied meekly.
 
Minerva looked at her and then up at Hondo, who’s look had gone more cold and blank, which made it hard for her to read him at the moment. Honestly, she wanted to rub it more into Tonya’s face for daring to defy Fernando, and besmirching her on appearances alone, but she was fairly sure Hondo would not take it kindly, and she was not sure if he would tell Fernando or not if she had done something like that, to which she was not sure where he would stand on it either. Some of Fernando’s words came back to haunt her as she thought for a moment about how she too had been deceived by Hector and about her being bored and wanting excitement and drama, which had led her to what was almost worse than death at time, at the hand of hector and his men, at the behest of Hector’s cruel nature. She saw a bit of herself in Tonya and shivered at the thought of what could have happened to her had Fernando and Hondo not stepped in to stop her. Minerva also found herself a bit jealous, too that they were there to try to stop Tonya from self-destructing with Hector like many others, including herself had done without the care of two like Fernando and Hondo. She wondered if her life, hopes, fear, and dreams would be different had someone like them cared enough to stop her before she had fallen for Hector’s trap.
 
Minerva sighed and nodded, “I.. I guess I understand. I’m not sure I can forgive you yet, but I will try. You have so much, so many who care and you almost threw it all away over that dirt-bag. I wish I could say I don’t understand that, but as you know I was with that dirt bag, and though I don’t know how he did it, what Fernando showed you did happen to me and more. Fernando must care about you in some way, as he told me what he showed you and I can tell you it only got worse and more hopeless from there… I wish he had saved me from all that long ago, like he tried to save you.”
 
Tonya nodded, “I understand. Thank you for listening to me.”
 
Minerva nodded but did not say anything else.
 
Tonya slowly turned to Hondo after a moment and looked up at him. He nodded back and patted her arm.
 
“Thank you for tryin’.” He said.
 
She nodded and looked back down, “.. I’m gonna go get dressed… Love you, papa.”
 
“Love you too, girl. Get dressed then get some food in you.” He replied.
 
She nodded and slowly walked back to the room to grab clothes before heading to the bathroom to wash up.
 
After she left she gave Minerva a hard look.
 
“What?!” Minerva asked defensively.
 
Hondo just stared a moment longer before shaking his head and heading upstairs.  
 
As he turned and walked away he could hear Miniya scold her sister in a low voice.
 
“What was that about?! You should of forgave her!” Miniya hissed.
 
Minerva sighed, “Maybe, but … I don’t know. I just can’t yet.”
 
Hondo did not slow down as he headed upstairs, so that was all he heard. If there was any further conversation he did not know or care. What he cared about was that Tonya tried, and though nervous and embarrassed, she apologized publicly to her, the same way she had scorned her unjustly before. That alone meant a lot to him.
 
Hondo soon made it to the door to his room and slowly opened it, stepping in and letting his eyes grow accustom to the dim light for a moment before proceeding. As his eyes started to see better he could see Nova curled up under a sheet, it outlining her curves nicely, as she slept on the pull out couch bed, Melissa spread eagle on her back, legs wide apart, snoring softly, with a blanket just pulled across her stomach, hiding nearly nothing on her bare body, and Molly, lying half on one side, holding her bad arm against her bad side, a slight grimace on her face as she slept. He frowned a bit at the sight as though he had enjoyed it he had regrets about it, half of which was at his mind entertaining the idea of doing it again some time.  
 
He shook his head and sighed at his own thoughts, feeling like he lost part of himself by doing what he had done, last night, but knowing he did not have the time to think about it too much and there was no way to undo it now. He felt he would be forever changed by allowing himself to break down as he did, but the future impact he did not have time to puzzle on either.  
 
After a moment he softly walked over to Molly’s side of the bed, and lightly put a hand on her should.
 
“I hate to wake ya, darlin’, but I need ya awake.” He called softly to her.
 
She groaned a bit and cracked her eyes open.  
 
“Hondo?” She asked groggily.
 
“Yeah, it’s me. Sorry to wake you.” He replied.
 
She shook her head and tried to stretch but her side caught and she sucked air in through her teeth at the pain.
 
“Ssssss! Damn!” She mumbled.
 
“You alright?” He asked worriedly.
 
“Just stiff, I think… I still hurt but my insides don’t feel as bad as they did . . . I think.” She said as she tried to assess her own body through the haze of sleep.
 
“Wish I could let ya sleep longer. Had planned to, an’ if you need more I’ll let you go back to sleep.” He replied.
 
She shook her head lightly and tried to sit up, to which he grabbed her good arm and shoulder and helped her up.
 
“Mmmmngh!” She groaned as she sat up. “I wasn’t sleeping well anyway… What’s going on?”
 
“Jefe will be comin’ back ‘round 9 for a meetin’. Not exactly sure what ‘bout, but I think you should be there if you can be. I told Zoey, Macey, an’ Tonya they are to take orders from you today as well. We need to get ready to leave, but I want you resting and just supervisin’ them. Melissa an’ Nova said they would wash the beddin’ for us today, but I know you an’ the girls need clothes washed before we go, so have then do that, whatever else we need to do here that they can handle, an’ help out Marvin an’ the others as needed. Tonya knows ‘bout last night but I’d rather Zoey an’ Macey didn’t. They will probably hear ‘bout Val sooner or later, but I’d like her to maybe get into a better place an’ for her an’ I to talk first before they find out. Also, ‘bout what I did last night…” He said, pausing for a moment as he sat down beside her.
 
“You did nothing wrong, my love. I know you are a good man and maybe it went against some standard you hold yourself too, but I wanted you too, they wanted you too, you needed to, and I know you love me and not them. The only way you could ever hurt me by having sex with another is if you paid for it when I was available, able, and willing, or tried to hide that you were drawn to someone else and rejected me because of it. If some other woman draws your fancy to have fun with for a while, I don’t mind. Just don’t hide it from me, make sure she is clean so you don’t make me sick, and come back to me and love me still. I may be jealous of them at times, because I want you always, but I could not be angry at you. You are a man and have needs. I am just a woman, and a wessen woman at that and could not hope to satisfy all your needs alone.” She replied softly as she looked into his eyes and tried to sooth his guilt, that she saw as misplaced.
 
“I know you’re tryin’ to help, but you shouldn’t be so down on yourself. I do feel guilty from what I did, for somehow wantin’ more, an’ from you bein’ so acceptin’ of it all. You are woman enough for me, an’ if things were different I’d prove it better. But with Val an’ everythin’ …” He said but she put a hand gently on the side of his face, making him pause.  
 
“I am fine with not being the only woman in your life, and your bed, as long as I’m loved and special to you. I said I would share you with Val and with others if needs be, and I will. As long as you are the strong, caring man I’ve grown to know and love then I’m not worried and you don’t need to be either. I know you will do what is right, the best you can, even if you doubt yourself at times. Just know I will do my best to never doubt you and if I have doubts or concerns I will talk to you about them, in private. If you have doubts or concerns I want you to do the same with me. If we keep our weaknesses and doubts with each other in private, I think we can handle anything out there together and be seen as strong.” She replied softly.
 
He took her hand in his and kissed it softly before speaking.
 
“… You’re pretty wise, you know that. Sorry for bein’ so unsure right now. Just tired an’ with all that’s been happenin’… well, you know.” He replied.
 
She nodded, “I do know. *sigh* It’s hard for me at times too… Well, we have a lot to do, so I’d better get ready… a shower will probably help loosen up these muscles.”
 
“You need help?” he asked.
 
She shook her head, “No, though I’d love some help and for you to hold me, I know you have a lot to do and I can handle it myself.”
 
He gave her a soft smile then kissed her softly before standing back up.
 
“Well, I’ll leave you to it. I told Tonya to keep the girls out from here for now, so they don’t ask questions. If these two aren’t up before noon, wake them up. I’m goin’ to see Val an’ Zoey is goin’ with me. After the meetin’ I need to run into town for a few things. Might take the younger two with me, unless they are busy, we’ll see.” He replied.
 
She nodded, “I’d love to go with you, but with all we have to do I’m needed her and I won’t be much good at carrying anything and useless in a fight for a while.”
 
 “I’d like for you to go along but you’re better off here resting and supervising. I want you better as soon as possible so we can play master and the bad wessen.” He said with a sly grin.
 
She giggled softly, “*hehe* I want that too… I’ll see you later, my love.”
 
He nodded and headed out, as she sat there, pulling her mind together and waiting for him to leave, so he did not worry as she groaned and grimaced at trying to stand.  
 
Though she was so accepting, it all still nagged at him, as his upbringing said it was wrong. But, there was little about this world that he saw as right. Despite her feelings, he did not see himself partaking in the pleasure of other women without a good reason, but it eased his mind a bit about possibly having to hold Maggie and get her through her heat, if that’s what he had to do. If there were any other ways to help her, nothing came to his mind, but his mind was starting to feel the strain and fatigue that had been building over the last few days, and not sleeping the night before only added to the ever-growing toll on his body and mind that would need payment in the form of sleep before too long.
 
As he left the room and headed downstairs, he found Macey and Zoey, sitting on the old couch in the hanger, eating their breakfast. Macey wore her hoodie again, with a skirt and a pair of canvas shoes, while Zoey wore tank-top with an unbuttoned grey overshirt over that, a pair of jeans, her tailed tucked down one pantleg and out of sight like normal, her brown leather boots, and the hat Hondo had gotten for her. They had both combed their hair, somewhat, and despite being left to their own devices for dressing and cleaning up, had done fairly well.  
 
 As he approached them, Tonya came from the kitchen with food of her own to join them.
 
“Are we going now, Papa?” Zoey asked as he approached.
 
“yeah, I reckon. Macey, you stay with Tonya. Molly should be down soon an’ then you two help her.” Hondo said.
 
“Can’t I go see Daddy for a few minutes?” Macey asked, not liking being separated from her companion, though she would not admit it verbally.
 
“He’ll be here ‘round 9:00 am for a meetin’ with us, an’ you can see him then, alright?” He replied.
 
Macey sighed then nodded, “Alright, Uncle Hondo.”
 
Zoey jumped up from the couch, her half-eaten sandwich in one hand and her drink in the other, following as Hondo headed out the door and to the Bronco. He stopped and opened the passenger’s door for her and helped her in, since the rig sat a little high for her to manage with full hands, and shut the door once she was in, before heading to his own door and climbing in. She sat happily humming to herself as she munched on her breakfast, seemingly without a care in the world, just happy to go see the woman she saw as her new mother and full of hope about getting Val and Hondo back together, so she could have her happy family once more. Hondo did not miss her attitude nor the hope and happiness on her face, and it weighed on him. He did not want to disappoint her, but despite his still loving Val and Molly pushing for them to get back together, even at the cost of having to share him, he still had his doubts that it was to be.  
 
(To be continued …)
Back to top
 
 

Well the cowboy, like the red man, you had to leave your land
You can't raise your stock and plant your crop in the gumbo and the sand
Greed disguised as progress has put us to the test
They won't be glad until we're gone from our home out in the west
It's sad to see those good old days replaced with greed and doubt
Soon we'll leave the country, the campfire has gone out
Bid 'em all adieu, you can't turn the world about
The cowboy left the country, the campfire has gone out
View Profile WWW   IP Logged
Pages: 1 ... 292 293 294 295 296 ... 305